NanoWiki - Brukerbidrag [nb]

TKP4190 - Fabrikasjon og anvendelse av nanomaterialer

2010-05-23T15:16:34Z

Annekin: /* Quasi-static approximation */

=Pensum Del I (Jens-Petter Andreassen)=
==Crystallization fundamentals==
===Supersaturation===
Concentration driving force: <math>\Delta c = c - c^*</math> where c is the solution concentration and c* is the equilibrium saturation at a given temperature.
Supersaturation ratio S is given as <math>S = \frac{c}{c^*}</math> and the relative supersaturation ratio <math>\sigma = \frac{\Delta c}{c^*} = S-1</math>
* Size dependant crystal growth
==Homogeneous nucleation==
The free energy associated with nucleation consists of two parts working against each other; the energetically favorable formation of solids and the unfavorable formation of new surfaces.
<math>\Delta G = \Delta G_S + \Delta G_V = 4\pi r^2 \gamma + \frac{4}{3}\pi r^3 \Delta G_v</math>
Here <math>\Delta G_S</math> is the surface excess free energy, <math>\gamma</math> is the interfacial tension between the phases, <math>\Delta G_V</math> is the volume excess free energy and <math>\Delta G_v</math> is the same per unit volume.
At the point where the <math>\Delta G</math>-curve is at its max, we find the critical nucleus size: above this radius the nucleus is stable. Finding this size is straightforward: <math>\frac{\delta \Delta G}{\delta r} = 0 \Rightarrow r_{crit} = \frac{-2\gamma}{\Delta G_v} \Rightarrow \Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3}{3(\Delta G_v)^2} = \frac{4}{3}\pi r^2_{crit} \gamma</math>
 
Inserting <math>-\Delta G_v = \frac{k_B T \ln{S}}{\nu}</math> the critical energy for nucleation is <math>\Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2}</math>
 
This energy originates from random fluctuations. Rate of nucleation can thus be expressed as an Arrhenius equation: 
<math>J = A \exp(\frac{-\Delta G}{k_B T}) = A \exp(\frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2})</math>
==Heterogeneous nucleation==
Critical energy changed due to availability of a solid surface. <math>\Delta G_{crit,hetr} = \phi\Delta G_{crit,hom}, \phi = \frac{1}{4}(2+\cos{\theta})(1-\cos{\theta})</math>
==Growth rate limits==
===Diffusion controlled growth===
Growth as change of particle radius per time is given as <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = D(C-C_S)\frac{V_m}{r}</math> where r is the radius, D is the diffusion coefficient of the growth species, C is the bulk concentration, <math>C_S</math> is the solubility concentration and <math>V_m</math> is the molecular volume. Solving gives <math>r^2 = 2D(C-C_S)V_mt + r_0^2</math>
* Diffusion controlled growth promotes unisized particles
* Can be obtained by increasing viscosity or introducing a diffusion barrier
 Radius difference between particles decreases with time: <math>\delta r = \frac{r_0\delta r_0}{\sqrt{k_Dt + r_0^2}}</math>
===Surface integration controlled growth===
Growth given by <math> G = k_g(S-1)^g</math>
* Spiral growth (most common): g = 2 at very low supersaturation and g = 1 at large supersaturation
* 2D Nucleation: g > 2
* Rough growth: g=1
'''Mononuclear growth (layer by layer):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_mr^2 \Rightarrow \frac{1}{r}=\frac{1}{r_0} - k_mt</math> and radius difference increases with time <math>\delta r = \frac{\delta r_0}{(1-k_mr_0t)^2}</math> 
'''Polynuclear growth (multiple layers growing at once):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_p \Rightarrow r=k_pt+r_0</math> and radius difference remains unchanged <math>\delta r = \delta r_0</math>

==Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles==
* Metal complexes in dilute solutions are reduced
* Stronger reducing agent --> smaller particles
* Polymers used as stabilizers and diffusion barriers
===Mechanisms for formation of spherical crystalline particles===
* Aggregation
* Crystal Growth
===Influences on the synthesis===
* From reducing agents
** Weak reduction agent: slow reaction rate, large particles. Slow reaction could lead to continuous formation of nuclei --> wide size distribution.
** Strong reduction agent: smaller particles.
** Affects morphology
* From other factors (Very specific examples in the text)
** Chloride ion concentration affects syntehsis of Pt nanoparticles from <math>H_2PtCl_6</math>
** Low concentration of reactant --> decreased reduction rate
* From polymer stabilizers
** Introduced to form a monolayer on nanoparticle surface to prevent agglomeration (stabilizer)
** Adsorption of polymer occupies growth sites --> growth reduced
** Diffusion barrier
** May also react with solute, catalyst or solvent
==1-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Spontaneous growth (Bottom-up): Driven by reduction of chemical potential (like nanoparticles) only now needs to be anisotropic
** Evaporation-condensation: Reduction in chemical potential by consumption of supersaturation
** Vapor-liquid-solid / Solution-liquid-solid (VLS/SLS)
** Stress-induced recrystallization
* Template-based synthesis (Bottom-up)
** Electroplating and electrophoretic deposition
** Colloid dispersion, melt or solution filling
** Conversion with chemical reaction
* Electrospinning (Bottom-up)
* Lithography (Top-down)

==2-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Vapor-phase deposition
** Performed under vacuum
* Liquid based growth

===Initial nucleation===
* Island growth / Volmer-Weber growth
* Layer growth / Frank-van der Merwe growth
* Island layer / Stranski-Krastonov growth

=Pensum Del II (Sondre Volden)=
==Optical properties of metallic nanoparticles==
===LSPR===
* Localized surface plasmon resonance
* Depends on size, morphology, metal, surroundings
===Quasi-static approximation===
* Energy levels treated as a quasi-continuum of states
* Assuming
** <math>D \le \frac{\lambda}{10}</math> for the EM field to be treated as uniform within each spherical particle.
** Particles are small enough - the time of propagation in each sphere is small compared to the oscillation period of the EM field
** D larger than 2 nm (more than 100 atoms) for the separation of energy levels close to the particle surface to be comparable to that of the bulk metal
** Volume fraction small enough to treat particles as independent
** We can introduce an effective dielectric constant for the medium
*Intensity through a medium of thickness L:
** <math>I_t=I_0\exp(-\alpha L)</math>, where <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> is the absorption coefficient
** For normal medium, <math>\alpha(\omega)=2\frac{\omega}{c}\Kappa(\omega)</math>
** For a matrix + nanosphere system, <math>\alpha(\omega) = \frac{9p \omega\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{c}\frac{\epsilon_2}{(\epsilon_1+2\epsilon_m)^2 + \epsilon_2^2} = \frac{\omega}{\epsilon^{1/2}_mc}p|f(\omega)|^2 \epsilon_2(\omega)</math>, where p is the volume fraction of nanoparticles, and <math>\epsilon_1</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the matrix and <math>\epsilon_2</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the nanoparticles.
** <math>|f(\omega)|^2</math> represents enhancement of <math>E_i</math>. Enhancement occurs when <math>|f(\omega)|^2 > 1</math>, which happens if the contribution to the dielectric constant from conduction electrons is dominant.
** <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> expresses extinction by both absorption and scattering
*** <math>S_{scatt} = \frac{24\pi^3V^2_{np}\epsilon^2_m}{\lambda^4}|\frac{\epsilon - \epsilon_m}{\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m}|^2</math> and <math>S_{ext} = \frac{18\pi V_{np}\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{\lambda}\frac{\epsilon}{|\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m |^2} = \frac{2\pi V_{np}}{\lambda\epsilon^{1/2}_m} |f(\omega)|\epsilon_2</math>
*** Ratio varies as volume of nanoparticles: <math>\frac{S_{scatt}}{S_{ext}} \propto (D/\lambda)^3</math>
* If resonance condition <math>\epsilon_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m =0</math>, SPR frequency is <math>\Omega_R = \frac{\omega_p}{\sqrt{\epsilon^{ib}_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m}}</math>
* SPR shifted towards red with increasing <math>\epsilon_m</math>
** Red shift = bathochromic shift = higher wavelength and lower energy
** Blue shift = hypsochromic shift = lower wavelength and higher energy

===Mechanisms for optical properties===
====Intraband====
* Optical transitions '''without''' change of band
* Due to quasi-free electrons in conduction band
* Described by '''Drude model''': <math>\epsilon_{Drude} = 1-\frac{\omega_p^2}{\omega(\omega+i\gamma_0)}</math> where <math>\omega_p^2 = \frac{n_ee^2}{\epsilon_0m_e}</math>
* Absorption must be assisted by a third particle - another electron or a phonon, to conserve energy and momentum
* Dominates in red and infrared
====Interband====
* Optical transitions '''between''' electronic bands
* From filled bands to conduction band or from conduction band to empty bands of higher energy
* Dominates in visible and ultraviolet

===The Mie Model===
* For larger sizes, variations across the size of object must be considered

==Synthesis procedures==
=== Turkevich reaction ===
* Citrate reduction of chloride precursor <math>(HAuCl_4)</math>, aqueous phase
* Citrate acts as reducing agent and passivating ligand
* Most common commercially available method
* Typically at 100 degrees C
* Sizes 2-200nm
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Brust reaction===
* <math>BH_4^-</math> reduction of chloride precursor
* 1.5-8nm size
* Very stable particles
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Goia reaction===
* Reduction of auric acid with iso-ascorbic acid
* Stabilizer-free, like with citrate
* Room temperature, aqueous phase, rapid nucleation and growth
* Tunable particle size through pH, reaction ratios, concentration
* 30-100 nm, or 80-5000 nm if in presence of gum arabic and high Au concentration

===One-pot synthesis===
* Using stimuli-responsive polymers
* Using tiopronin or co-enzyme A
* Using globular proteins
* Using starch-glucose
* Using viral templates

==Functionalization of metallic nanoparticles==
* Ag or Au nanoparticles need a surface layer of a passivating ligand to be stable
* Direct functionalization: Reducing agent is passivating ligand
* Post-synthesis functionalization: Passivating ligand added after synthesis
** Can displace or bind to existing ligand

===Adsorption===
* Chemisorption
** Covalent / ionic bonds, high binding energy
** "Irreversible**
** Monolayer
* Physisorption
** van-der-Waals interactions, low binding energy
** Reversible
** Mono or multilayer
* Driven by reduction of free energy
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophobic surfaces
** Monolayer
** Hemi-micelles
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophilic surfaces
** At high concentrations: double layer
** Alternatively, close packed micelles
* Fractional surface coverage <math>\theta = \frac{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;onto\;surface}{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;at\;monolayer\;coverage} = \frac{N}{N_{mono}}</math>

===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
* One head group interacts with substrate, the other determines properties.

=== Macromolecular adsorption===
Entropy of mixing: <math>S=k\ln{\Omega}</math>, where <math>\Omega = \frac{(n_A + n_B)!}{n_A!n_B!}</math>. Given that <math>x_j</math> is the mole fraction of j, we have <math>-\Delta S_{mix} = k[n_a\ln{x_A} + n_B\ln{x_B}]</math>.
Assume nearest neighbour interactions only. We get the Flory-Huggins free energy of mixing: <math>\frac{\Delta G_{mix}}{RT} = n_A\phi_Bx+n_A\ln\phi_A+n_B\ln\phi_B</math>. Theory is a bit limited by approximations, shapes of monomers and solvents, and application areas.
 Formation of an adsorbed layer happens in three steps: Diffusion towards surface, attachment, and spreading.
 Adsorption rate: <math>\frac{\delta\Gamma}{\delta t} = k(c^b-c^s)</math> where <math>\Gamma</math> is the surface coverage, k is the diffusion and hydrodynamic rate coefficient, <math>c^s</math> is the subsurface concentration and <math>c^b</math> is the bulk concentration.

==New drug delivery vectors==
* Desirable size: 10-30 nm for access to nucleus
* Active vs passive
=== Approaches===
* Viral: proteines, peptides
** Very efficient
** Not easy to tune, size restricted
** Elicits strong immune responses
** Can mutilate, can be cytotoxic
** Incapable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Non-viral: Often passive, liposomes, polymers, dendrimers, microspheres
** Inefficient
** Challenging to add functions
** Possibly to control immune reactions
** Not infectious, often cytotoxic
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Combination vectors: metallic nanoparticle vectors
** Tunable efficiency
** Easy to incorporate different functions
** Size tunable
** Not infectious, controllable cytotoxicity
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides

===Gold nanoparticles===
Can be seen in differential interference contrast microscopy (DIC). Even though the particles are 5-30nm, they appear as reflections of 200-400nm, while cellular structures appear actual size.
*Functionalization methodologies:
** Attachment of payload through protein intermediate (Bovine Serum Albumin, BSA): Peptide-BSA-MBS-Au
** Direct attachment of payload to substrate through thiol chemistry
* Plasmonically heated Au nanoparticles
** LSPR excited nanomaterials are heated by adsorbed light
** Localized increase in temperatures --> hyperthermal therapy
** LSPR should be in near-infrared because body is more transparent there

===Dealing with Cancer===
* Cancer cells overexpress certain receptors, but receptor targetting still targets healthy cells
* Due to lactic acid buildups, cancer cells have lower pH than healthy tissue
* Core-shell hydrogel swelling can be tuned to within 0.1 pH
** Nanoparticles suspended within gel, and released upon pH changes

===Plant virus nanotechnology===
* Don't inherently target human cells
* Can be used to carry chemotherapeutic agents with little risk
* Biologically degradable

===Dendrimers===
* Superbranched polymers
** Core: chemical species in specific nanoenvironment
** Interior monomer layers: encapsulation of molecular species
** Multifunctional surface: determines macroscopic properties
* Synthesis
** Divergent (bottom-up): large structures available, lengthy separation procedures, limited by exponentially growing number of end groups
** Convergent (top-down): max 4G, more economically viable, limited by steric constraints
* Properties
** Monodispersity
** Biocompatibility
** Size and shape
** Polyvalency
** Interior compartment
* Advantages
** Uniform tunable size
** Hydrophilic exterior, hydrophobic interior
** More stable than micelles
** Tunable surface functionalization

Dendriers with cationic surface groups are cytotoxic, and more so with increasing generations. Anionic less so. Hydroxy- and methoxyterminated dendrimers non-toxic. Cytotoxicity can be reduced by cloaking, but some cationic functionality is desired to interact with negatively charged cell membranes. 
Release from the "dendritic box" can be done by hydrolysis. Partial hydrolysis releases small molecules, total hydrolysis will release all molecules. Otherwise, the spatial configuration of the dendrimer alters with pH and iconic strength, which can be used for release - especially remembering the pH difference between healthy tissue and tumor tissue.

====Targeting mechanisms====
* Enhanced permeability and retention (EPR)
** There are increased amounts of biofluids around tumors
** High weight polymers accumulate in solid tumor tissue
** Passive targeting
* Tumor receptor / antigen targeting
** Tumors often have unique receptors / antigens

====Dendrimers as drugs====
* Antiviral: Competes with cells for viruses. Can inhibit influenza, herpex simplex, HIV.
* Antibacterial: Adheres to and damages bacterial cell membranes
* Photodynamic therapy: Photoactivated, generates reactive oxygen species

=Pensum Del III (Tor Grande)=
==Micro- meso- and macroporous materials==
* Adsorption isotherms: Amount of adsorbed gas as a function of pressure.
* Macropores: d>50nm
* Mesopore: 2nm<d<50nm
* Micropores: d<2nm

==Types of porous solids==
* Zeolites (crystalline aluminosilicates)
** Hydrothermal synthesis: Solvent, precursors and a mineralizing agent. A structure-directing agents (cations or organic molecules) fill up pores and balance the charge of the framework. Needs to be removed later.
** Applications: Molecular sieves, chromatography, heterogeneous catalysis, ion exchange, sensing
* Metal organic frameworks (MOF)
** Low density
** May have permanent porosity if solvent can be removed
** Synthesis: Hydrothermal or solvothermal
** Applications: Gas adsorption and storage
* Ordered mesoporous oxides (Amorphous materials with ordered pores)
** Synthesis: Like zeolite, milder conditions. Needs a source for framework element oxide, a surfactant, a solvent, and a pH modifier
** Size of pores controlled by surfactant size
** Applications: Gas separation, catalysis, gas adsorption. Also, sensing, biosensing, drug delivery, optics, batteries, fuel cells.
* Sol-gel derived oxides (random mesoporous solids)
* Nano-crystalline Titanium Oxide
** Photocatalycic applications (pollutant degradation, water splitting)
* Porous silicon technology
** Preparation: etching
** Applications: sensing technology, support for CNT growth

==Core-shell structures==
===Heteroepitaxial semiconductor core-shell structures===
One semiconductor grown epitaxially on particles of another semiconductor. (Formation of shell material on the particle core is a continuation of particle growth, but with different chemical composition.)

===Metal-oxide structures===
For gold nanoparticles coated with silica, a polymer layer functionalized to bind to gold on one end and silica on the other needs to be in between.

===Metal-polymer structures===
Prepared by emulsion polymerization or membrane based synthesis.

===Oxide-polymer structures===
Prepared by polymerization at surface or adsorption.

==Fuel cells, batteries==

=Pensum Del IV (May-Britt Hägg)=
==Basics of membrane materials and separation==
* Microporous membrane: Separation according to selective surface flow - largets molecule permeates
* Dense polymers: Permeability P equal to diffusion times solution, P=DS
** Influenced by state of polymer, type of gas, pressure, temperature
** Other polymeric membranes: SFTM (selective facilitated transport membrane).
* Molecular sieving: Separation according to molecular size (smallest molecule goes through.)
** P=DS but diffusion factor most important
* Basic equations for membrane separation
** <math> P = DS</math> where <math>D [cm^2/s]</math>is diffusivity and <math>S [cm^3(STP)/cm^3 bar]</math> is solubility
** Selectivity <math>\alpha = P_i/P</math>
** Production rate (flux) <math>\frac{q}{A_m} = J_i = \frac{P_i}{l}(p_hx_0 - p_ly_p)</math> where <math>A_m</math> is the membrane area, <math>l</math> is the membrane thickness, <math>p_h,p_l</math> are feed and permeate pressures and <math>x_0,y_p</math> are mole fractions of component i.
 
Total feed flow given by material balance, <math>L_f = L_0 + V_p</math>, where <math>L_f</math> is the feed in, <math>L_0</math> is the reject feed out and <math>V_p</math> is the permeate out.

==Selected nanostructured membranes==
===Mixed Matrix Membranes===
* Polymeric matrix with dispersed porous inorganic particles

===Carbon Molecular Sieve Membranes===
* Improved flux and selectivity
* Tailoring pore size by adjusting pyrolysis parameteres and post treatment (oxidation to increase pore size or organic vapor deposition to decrease pore size)

===Glass Membrane===
* Surface of glass pore can be functionalized to improve flux and selectivity

=Pensum Del V (Magnus Rønning)=
==Catalysis==

TKP4190 - Fabrikasjon og anvendelse av nanomaterialer

2010-05-23T15:14:08Z

Annekin: /* Quasi-static approximation */

=Pensum Del I (Jens-Petter Andreassen)=
==Crystallization fundamentals==
===Supersaturation===
Concentration driving force: <math>\Delta c = c - c^*</math> where c is the solution concentration and c* is the equilibrium saturation at a given temperature.
Supersaturation ratio S is given as <math>S = \frac{c}{c^*}</math> and the relative supersaturation ratio <math>\sigma = \frac{\Delta c}{c^*} = S-1</math>
* Size dependant crystal growth
==Homogeneous nucleation==
The free energy associated with nucleation consists of two parts working against each other; the energetically favorable formation of solids and the unfavorable formation of new surfaces.
<math>\Delta G = \Delta G_S + \Delta G_V = 4\pi r^2 \gamma + \frac{4}{3}\pi r^3 \Delta G_v</math>
Here <math>\Delta G_S</math> is the surface excess free energy, <math>\gamma</math> is the interfacial tension between the phases, <math>\Delta G_V</math> is the volume excess free energy and <math>\Delta G_v</math> is the same per unit volume.
At the point where the <math>\Delta G</math>-curve is at its max, we find the critical nucleus size: above this radius the nucleus is stable. Finding this size is straightforward: <math>\frac{\delta \Delta G}{\delta r} = 0 \Rightarrow r_{crit} = \frac{-2\gamma}{\Delta G_v} \Rightarrow \Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3}{3(\Delta G_v)^2} = \frac{4}{3}\pi r^2_{crit} \gamma</math>
 
Inserting <math>-\Delta G_v = \frac{k_B T \ln{S}}{\nu}</math> the critical energy for nucleation is <math>\Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2}</math>
 
This energy originates from random fluctuations. Rate of nucleation can thus be expressed as an Arrhenius equation: 
<math>J = A \exp(\frac{-\Delta G}{k_B T}) = A \exp(\frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2})</math>
==Heterogeneous nucleation==
Critical energy changed due to availability of a solid surface. <math>\Delta G_{crit,hetr} = \phi\Delta G_{crit,hom}, \phi = \frac{1}{4}(2+\cos{\theta})(1-\cos{\theta})</math>
==Growth rate limits==
===Diffusion controlled growth===
Growth as change of particle radius per time is given as <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = D(C-C_S)\frac{V_m}{r}</math> where r is the radius, D is the diffusion coefficient of the growth species, C is the bulk concentration, <math>C_S</math> is the solubility concentration and <math>V_m</math> is the molecular volume. Solving gives <math>r^2 = 2D(C-C_S)V_mt + r_0^2</math>
* Diffusion controlled growth promotes unisized particles
* Can be obtained by increasing viscosity or introducing a diffusion barrier
 Radius difference between particles decreases with time: <math>\delta r = \frac{r_0\delta r_0}{\sqrt{k_Dt + r_0^2}}</math>
===Surface integration controlled growth===
Growth given by <math> G = k_g(S-1)^g</math>
* Spiral growth (most common): g = 2 at very low supersaturation and g = 1 at large supersaturation
* 2D Nucleation: g > 2
* Rough growth: g=1
'''Mononuclear growth (layer by layer):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_mr^2 \Rightarrow \frac{1}{r}=\frac{1}{r_0} - k_mt</math> and radius difference increases with time <math>\delta r = \frac{\delta r_0}{(1-k_mr_0t)^2}</math> 
'''Polynuclear growth (multiple layers growing at once):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_p \Rightarrow r=k_pt+r_0</math> and radius difference remains unchanged <math>\delta r = \delta r_0</math>

==Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles==
* Metal complexes in dilute solutions are reduced
* Stronger reducing agent --> smaller particles
* Polymers used as stabilizers and diffusion barriers
===Mechanisms for formation of spherical crystalline particles===
* Aggregation
* Crystal Growth
===Influences on the synthesis===
* From reducing agents
** Weak reduction agent: slow reaction rate, large particles. Slow reaction could lead to continuous formation of nuclei --> wide size distribution.
** Strong reduction agent: smaller particles.
** Affects morphology
* From other factors (Very specific examples in the text)
** Chloride ion concentration affects syntehsis of Pt nanoparticles from <math>H_2PtCl_6</math>
** Low concentration of reactant --> decreased reduction rate
* From polymer stabilizers
** Introduced to form a monolayer on nanoparticle surface to prevent agglomeration (stabilizer)
** Adsorption of polymer occupies growth sites --> growth reduced
** Diffusion barrier
** May also react with solute, catalyst or solvent
==1-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Spontaneous growth (Bottom-up): Driven by reduction of chemical potential (like nanoparticles) only now needs to be anisotropic
** Evaporation-condensation: Reduction in chemical potential by consumption of supersaturation
** Vapor-liquid-solid / Solution-liquid-solid (VLS/SLS)
** Stress-induced recrystallization
* Template-based synthesis (Bottom-up)
** Electroplating and electrophoretic deposition
** Colloid dispersion, melt or solution filling
** Conversion with chemical reaction
* Electrospinning (Bottom-up)
* Lithography (Top-down)

==2-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Vapor-phase deposition
** Performed under vacuum
* Liquid based growth

===Initial nucleation===
* Island growth / Volmer-Weber growth
* Layer growth / Frank-van der Merwe growth
* Island layer / Stranski-Krastonov growth

=Pensum Del II (Sondre Volden)=
==Optical properties of metallic nanoparticles==
===LSPR===
* Localized surface plasmon resonance
* Depends on size, morphology, metal, surroundings
===Quasi-static approximation===
* Energy levels treated as a quasi-continuum of states
* Assuming
** <math>D \le \frac{\lambda}{10}</math> for the EM field to be treated as uniform within each spherical particle.
** Particles are small enough for the time of propagation in each sphere is small compared to the oscillation period of the EM field
** D larger than 2 nm (more than 100 atoms) for the separation of energy levels close to the particle surface to be comparable to that of the bulk metal
** Volume fraction small enough to treat particles as independent
** We can introduce an effective dielectric constant for the medium
*Intensity through a medium of thickness L:
** <math>I_t=I_0\exp(-\alpha L)</math>, where <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> is the absorption coefficient
** For normal medium, <math>\alpha(\omega)=2\frac{\omega}{c}\Kappa(\omega)</math>
** For a matrix + nanosphere system, <math>\alpha(\omega) = \frac{9p \omega\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{c}\frac{\epsilon_2}{(\epsilon_1+2\epsilon_m)^2 + \epsilon_2^2} = \frac{\omega}{\epsilon^{1/2}_mc}p|f(\omega)|^2 \epsilon_2(\omega)</math>, where p is the volume fraction of nanoparticles, and <math>\epsilon_1</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the matrix and <math>\epsilon_2</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the nanoparticles.
** <math>|f(\omega)|^2</math> represents enhancement of <math>E_i</math>. Enhancement occurs when <math>|f(\omega)|^2 > 1</math>, which happens if the contribution to the dielectric constant from conduction electrons is dominant.
** <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> expresses extinction by both absorption and scattering
*** <math>S_{scatt} = \frac{24\pi^3V^2_{np}\epsilon^2_m}{\lambda^4}|\frac{\epsilon - \epsilon_m}{\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m}|^2</math> and <math>S_{ext} = \frac{18\pi V_{np}\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{\lambda}\frac{\epsilon}{|\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m |^2} = \frac{2\pi V_{np}}{\lambda\epsilon^{1/2}_m} |f(\omega)|\epsilon_2</math>
*** Ratio varies as volume of nanoparticles: <math>\frac{S_{scatt}}{S_{ext}} \propto (D/\lambda)^3</math>
* If resonance condition <math>\epsilon_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m =0</math>, SPR frequency is <math>\Omega_R = \frac{\omega_p}{\sqrt{\epsilon^{ib}_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m}}</math>
* SPR shifted towards red with increasing <math>\epsilon_m</math>
** Red shift = bathochromic shift = higher wavelength and lower energy
** Blue shift = hypsochromic shift = lower wavelength and higher energy

===Mechanisms for optical properties===
====Intraband====
* Optical transitions '''without''' change of band
* Due to quasi-free electrons in conduction band
* Described by '''Drude model''': <math>\epsilon_{Drude} = 1-\frac{\omega_p^2}{\omega(\omega+i\gamma_0)}</math> where <math>\omega_p^2 = \frac{n_ee^2}{\epsilon_0m_e}</math>
* Absorption must be assisted by a third particle - another electron or a phonon, to conserve energy and momentum
* Dominates in red and infrared
====Interband====
* Optical transitions '''between''' electronic bands
* From filled bands to conduction band or from conduction band to empty bands of higher energy
* Dominates in visible and ultraviolet

===The Mie Model===
* For larger sizes, variations across the size of object must be considered

==Synthesis procedures==
=== Turkevich reaction ===
* Citrate reduction of chloride precursor <math>(HAuCl_4)</math>, aqueous phase
* Citrate acts as reducing agent and passivating ligand
* Most common commercially available method
* Typically at 100 degrees C
* Sizes 2-200nm
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Brust reaction===
* <math>BH_4^-</math> reduction of chloride precursor
* 1.5-8nm size
* Very stable particles
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Goia reaction===
* Reduction of auric acid with iso-ascorbic acid
* Stabilizer-free, like with citrate
* Room temperature, aqueous phase, rapid nucleation and growth
* Tunable particle size through pH, reaction ratios, concentration
* 30-100 nm, or 80-5000 nm if in presence of gum arabic and high Au concentration

===One-pot synthesis===
* Using stimuli-responsive polymers
* Using tiopronin or co-enzyme A
* Using globular proteins
* Using starch-glucose
* Using viral templates

==Functionalization of metallic nanoparticles==
* Ag or Au nanoparticles need a surface layer of a passivating ligand to be stable
* Direct functionalization: Reducing agent is passivating ligand
* Post-synthesis functionalization: Passivating ligand added after synthesis
** Can displace or bind to existing ligand

===Adsorption===
* Chemisorption
** Covalent / ionic bonds, high binding energy
** "Irreversible**
** Monolayer
* Physisorption
** van-der-Waals interactions, low binding energy
** Reversible
** Mono or multilayer
* Driven by reduction of free energy
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophobic surfaces
** Monolayer
** Hemi-micelles
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophilic surfaces
** At high concentrations: double layer
** Alternatively, close packed micelles
* Fractional surface coverage <math>\theta = \frac{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;onto\;surface}{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;at\;monolayer\;coverage} = \frac{N}{N_{mono}}</math>

===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
* One head group interacts with substrate, the other determines properties.

=== Macromolecular adsorption===
Entropy of mixing: <math>S=k\ln{\Omega}</math>, where <math>\Omega = \frac{(n_A + n_B)!}{n_A!n_B!}</math>. Given that <math>x_j</math> is the mole fraction of j, we have <math>-\Delta S_{mix} = k[n_a\ln{x_A} + n_B\ln{x_B}]</math>.
Assume nearest neighbour interactions only. We get the Flory-Huggins free energy of mixing: <math>\frac{\Delta G_{mix}}{RT} = n_A\phi_Bx+n_A\ln\phi_A+n_B\ln\phi_B</math>. Theory is a bit limited by approximations, shapes of monomers and solvents, and application areas.
 Formation of an adsorbed layer happens in three steps: Diffusion towards surface, attachment, and spreading.
 Adsorption rate: <math>\frac{\delta\Gamma}{\delta t} = k(c^b-c^s)</math> where <math>\Gamma</math> is the surface coverage, k is the diffusion and hydrodynamic rate coefficient, <math>c^s</math> is the subsurface concentration and <math>c^b</math> is the bulk concentration.

==New drug delivery vectors==
* Desirable size: 10-30 nm for access to nucleus
* Active vs passive
=== Approaches===
* Viral: proteines, peptides
** Very efficient
** Not easy to tune, size restricted
** Elicits strong immune responses
** Can mutilate, can be cytotoxic
** Incapable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Non-viral: Often passive, liposomes, polymers, dendrimers, microspheres
** Inefficient
** Challenging to add functions
** Possibly to control immune reactions
** Not infectious, often cytotoxic
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Combination vectors: metallic nanoparticle vectors
** Tunable efficiency
** Easy to incorporate different functions
** Size tunable
** Not infectious, controllable cytotoxicity
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides

===Gold nanoparticles===
Can be seen in differential interference contrast microscopy (DIC). Even though the particles are 5-30nm, they appear as reflections of 200-400nm, while cellular structures appear actual size.
*Functionalization methodologies:
** Attachment of payload through protein intermediate (Bovine Serum Albumin, BSA): Peptide-BSA-MBS-Au
** Direct attachment of payload to substrate through thiol chemistry
* Plasmonically heated Au nanoparticles
** LSPR excited nanomaterials are heated by adsorbed light
** Localized increase in temperatures --> hyperthermal therapy
** LSPR should be in near-infrared because body is more transparent there

===Dealing with Cancer===
* Cancer cells overexpress certain receptors, but receptor targetting still targets healthy cells
* Due to lactic acid buildups, cancer cells have lower pH than healthy tissue
* Core-shell hydrogel swelling can be tuned to within 0.1 pH
** Nanoparticles suspended within gel, and released upon pH changes

===Plant virus nanotechnology===
* Don't inherently target human cells
* Can be used to carry chemotherapeutic agents with little risk
* Biologically degradable

===Dendrimers===
* Superbranched polymers
** Core: chemical species in specific nanoenvironment
** Interior monomer layers: encapsulation of molecular species
** Multifunctional surface: determines macroscopic properties
* Synthesis
** Divergent (bottom-up): large structures available, lengthy separation procedures, limited by exponentially growing number of end groups
** Convergent (top-down): max 4G, more economically viable, limited by steric constraints
* Properties
** Monodispersity
** Biocompatibility
** Size and shape
** Polyvalency
** Interior compartment
* Advantages
** Uniform tunable size
** Hydrophilic exterior, hydrophobic interior
** More stable than micelles
** Tunable surface functionalization

Dendriers with cationic surface groups are cytotoxic, and more so with increasing generations. Anionic less so. Hydroxy- and methoxyterminated dendrimers non-toxic. Cytotoxicity can be reduced by cloaking, but some cationic functionality is desired to interact with negatively charged cell membranes. 
Release from the "dendritic box" can be done by hydrolysis. Partial hydrolysis releases small molecules, total hydrolysis will release all molecules. Otherwise, the spatial configuration of the dendrimer alters with pH and iconic strength, which can be used for release - especially remembering the pH difference between healthy tissue and tumor tissue.

====Targeting mechanisms====
* Enhanced permeability and retention (EPR)
** There are increased amounts of biofluids around tumors
** High weight polymers accumulate in solid tumor tissue
** Passive targeting
* Tumor receptor / antigen targeting
** Tumors often have unique receptors / antigens

====Dendrimers as drugs====
* Antiviral: Competes with cells for viruses. Can inhibit influenza, herpex simplex, HIV.
* Antibacterial: Adheres to and damages bacterial cell membranes
* Photodynamic therapy: Photoactivated, generates reactive oxygen species

=Pensum Del III (Tor Grande)=
==Micro- meso- and macroporous materials==
* Adsorption isotherms: Amount of adsorbed gas as a function of pressure.
* Macropores: d>50nm
* Mesopore: 2nm<d<50nm
* Micropores: d<2nm

==Types of porous solids==
* Zeolites (crystalline aluminosilicates)
** Hydrothermal synthesis: Solvent, precursors and a mineralizing agent. A structure-directing agents (cations or organic molecules) fill up pores and balance the charge of the framework. Needs to be removed later.
** Applications: Molecular sieves, chromatography, heterogeneous catalysis, ion exchange, sensing
* Metal organic frameworks (MOF)
** Low density
** May have permanent porosity if solvent can be removed
** Synthesis: Hydrothermal or solvothermal
** Applications: Gas adsorption and storage
* Ordered mesoporous oxides (Amorphous materials with ordered pores)
** Synthesis: Like zeolite, milder conditions. Needs a source for framework element oxide, a surfactant, a solvent, and a pH modifier
** Size of pores controlled by surfactant size
** Applications: Gas separation, catalysis, gas adsorption. Also, sensing, biosensing, drug delivery, optics, batteries, fuel cells.
* Sol-gel derived oxides (random mesoporous solids)
* Nano-crystalline Titanium Oxide
** Photocatalycic applications (pollutant degradation, water splitting)
* Porous silicon technology
** Preparation: etching
** Applications: sensing technology, support for CNT growth

==Core-shell structures==
===Heteroepitaxial semiconductor core-shell structures===
One semiconductor grown epitaxially on particles of another semiconductor. (Formation of shell material on the particle core is a continuation of particle growth, but with different chemical composition.)

===Metal-oxide structures===
For gold nanoparticles coated with silica, a polymer layer functionalized to bind to gold on one end and silica on the other needs to be in between.

===Metal-polymer structures===
Prepared by emulsion polymerization or membrane based synthesis.

===Oxide-polymer structures===
Prepared by polymerization at surface or adsorption.

==Fuel cells, batteries==

=Pensum Del IV (May-Britt Hägg)=
==Basics of membrane materials and separation==
* Microporous membrane: Separation according to selective surface flow - largets molecule permeates
* Dense polymers: Permeability P equal to diffusion times solution, P=DS
** Influenced by state of polymer, type of gas, pressure, temperature
** Other polymeric membranes: SFTM (selective facilitated transport membrane).
* Molecular sieving: Separation according to molecular size (smallest molecule goes through.)
** P=DS but diffusion factor most important
* Basic equations for membrane separation
** <math> P = DS</math> where <math>D [cm^2/s]</math>is diffusivity and <math>S [cm^3(STP)/cm^3 bar]</math> is solubility
** Selectivity <math>\alpha = P_i/P</math>
** Production rate (flux) <math>\frac{q}{A_m} = J_i = \frac{P_i}{l}(p_hx_0 - p_ly_p)</math> where <math>A_m</math> is the membrane area, <math>l</math> is the membrane thickness, <math>p_h,p_l</math> are feed and permeate pressures and <math>x_0,y_p</math> are mole fractions of component i.
 
Total feed flow given by material balance, <math>L_f = L_0 + V_p</math>, where <math>L_f</math> is the feed in, <math>L_0</math> is the reject feed out and <math>V_p</math> is the permeate out.

==Selected nanostructured membranes==
===Mixed Matrix Membranes===
* Polymeric matrix with dispersed porous inorganic particles

===Carbon Molecular Sieve Membranes===
* Improved flux and selectivity
* Tailoring pore size by adjusting pyrolysis parameteres and post treatment (oxidation to increase pore size or organic vapor deposition to decrease pore size)

===Glass Membrane===
* Surface of glass pore can be functionalized to improve flux and selectivity

=Pensum Del V (Magnus Rønning)=
==Catalysis==

TKP4190 - Fabrikasjon og anvendelse av nanomaterialer

2010-05-23T15:13:50Z

Annekin: /* Quasi-static approximation */

=Pensum Del I (Jens-Petter Andreassen)=
==Crystallization fundamentals==
===Supersaturation===
Concentration driving force: <math>\Delta c = c - c^*</math> where c is the solution concentration and c* is the equilibrium saturation at a given temperature.
Supersaturation ratio S is given as <math>S = \frac{c}{c^*}</math> and the relative supersaturation ratio <math>\sigma = \frac{\Delta c}{c^*} = S-1</math>
* Size dependant crystal growth
==Homogeneous nucleation==
The free energy associated with nucleation consists of two parts working against each other; the energetically favorable formation of solids and the unfavorable formation of new surfaces.
<math>\Delta G = \Delta G_S + \Delta G_V = 4\pi r^2 \gamma + \frac{4}{3}\pi r^3 \Delta G_v</math>
Here <math>\Delta G_S</math> is the surface excess free energy, <math>\gamma</math> is the interfacial tension between the phases, <math>\Delta G_V</math> is the volume excess free energy and <math>\Delta G_v</math> is the same per unit volume.
At the point where the <math>\Delta G</math>-curve is at its max, we find the critical nucleus size: above this radius the nucleus is stable. Finding this size is straightforward: <math>\frac{\delta \Delta G}{\delta r} = 0 \Rightarrow r_{crit} = \frac{-2\gamma}{\Delta G_v} \Rightarrow \Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3}{3(\Delta G_v)^2} = \frac{4}{3}\pi r^2_{crit} \gamma</math>
 
Inserting <math>-\Delta G_v = \frac{k_B T \ln{S}}{\nu}</math> the critical energy for nucleation is <math>\Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2}</math>
 
This energy originates from random fluctuations. Rate of nucleation can thus be expressed as an Arrhenius equation: 
<math>J = A \exp(\frac{-\Delta G}{k_B T}) = A \exp(\frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2})</math>
==Heterogeneous nucleation==
Critical energy changed due to availability of a solid surface. <math>\Delta G_{crit,hetr} = \phi\Delta G_{crit,hom}, \phi = \frac{1}{4}(2+\cos{\theta})(1-\cos{\theta})</math>
==Growth rate limits==
===Diffusion controlled growth===
Growth as change of particle radius per time is given as <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = D(C-C_S)\frac{V_m}{r}</math> where r is the radius, D is the diffusion coefficient of the growth species, C is the bulk concentration, <math>C_S</math> is the solubility concentration and <math>V_m</math> is the molecular volume. Solving gives <math>r^2 = 2D(C-C_S)V_mt + r_0^2</math>
* Diffusion controlled growth promotes unisized particles
* Can be obtained by increasing viscosity or introducing a diffusion barrier
 Radius difference between particles decreases with time: <math>\delta r = \frac{r_0\delta r_0}{\sqrt{k_Dt + r_0^2}}</math>
===Surface integration controlled growth===
Growth given by <math> G = k_g(S-1)^g</math>
* Spiral growth (most common): g = 2 at very low supersaturation and g = 1 at large supersaturation
* 2D Nucleation: g > 2
* Rough growth: g=1
'''Mononuclear growth (layer by layer):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_mr^2 \Rightarrow \frac{1}{r}=\frac{1}{r_0} - k_mt</math> and radius difference increases with time <math>\delta r = \frac{\delta r_0}{(1-k_mr_0t)^2}</math> 
'''Polynuclear growth (multiple layers growing at once):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_p \Rightarrow r=k_pt+r_0</math> and radius difference remains unchanged <math>\delta r = \delta r_0</math>

==Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles==
* Metal complexes in dilute solutions are reduced
* Stronger reducing agent --> smaller particles
* Polymers used as stabilizers and diffusion barriers
===Mechanisms for formation of spherical crystalline particles===
* Aggregation
* Crystal Growth
===Influences on the synthesis===
* From reducing agents
** Weak reduction agent: slow reaction rate, large particles. Slow reaction could lead to continuous formation of nuclei --> wide size distribution.
** Strong reduction agent: smaller particles.
** Affects morphology
* From other factors (Very specific examples in the text)
** Chloride ion concentration affects syntehsis of Pt nanoparticles from <math>H_2PtCl_6</math>
** Low concentration of reactant --> decreased reduction rate
* From polymer stabilizers
** Introduced to form a monolayer on nanoparticle surface to prevent agglomeration (stabilizer)
** Adsorption of polymer occupies growth sites --> growth reduced
** Diffusion barrier
** May also react with solute, catalyst or solvent
==1-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Spontaneous growth (Bottom-up): Driven by reduction of chemical potential (like nanoparticles) only now needs to be anisotropic
** Evaporation-condensation: Reduction in chemical potential by consumption of supersaturation
** Vapor-liquid-solid / Solution-liquid-solid (VLS/SLS)
** Stress-induced recrystallization
* Template-based synthesis (Bottom-up)
** Electroplating and electrophoretic deposition
** Colloid dispersion, melt or solution filling
** Conversion with chemical reaction
* Electrospinning (Bottom-up)
* Lithography (Top-down)

==2-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Vapor-phase deposition
** Performed under vacuum
* Liquid based growth

===Initial nucleation===
* Island growth / Volmer-Weber growth
* Layer growth / Frank-van der Merwe growth
* Island layer / Stranski-Krastonov growth

=Pensum Del II (Sondre Volden)=
==Optical properties of metallic nanoparticles==
===LSPR===
* Localized surface plasmon resonance
* Depends on size, morphology, metal, surroundings
===Quasi-static approximation===
* Energy levels treated as a quasi-continuum of states
* Assuming
** <math>D \le \frac{\lambda}{10}</math> for the EM field to be treated as uniform within each spherical particle.
** Particles are small enough for the time of propagation in each sphere is small compared to the oscillation period of the EM field
** D larger than 2 nm (more than 100 atoms)for the separation of energy levels close to the particle surface to be comparable to that of the bulk metal
** Volume fraction small enough to treat particles as independent
** We can introduce an effective dielectric constant for the medium
*Intensity through a medium of thickness L:
** <math>I_t=I_0\exp(-\alpha L)</math>, where <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> is the absorption coefficient
** For normal medium, <math>\alpha(\omega)=2\frac{\omega}{c}\Kappa(\omega)</math>
** For a matrix + nanosphere system, <math>\alpha(\omega) = \frac{9p \omega\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{c}\frac{\epsilon_2}{(\epsilon_1+2\epsilon_m)^2 + \epsilon_2^2} = \frac{\omega}{\epsilon^{1/2}_mc}p|f(\omega)|^2 \epsilon_2(\omega)</math>, where p is the volume fraction of nanoparticles, and <math>\epsilon_1</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the matrix and <math>\epsilon_2</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the nanoparticles.
** <math>|f(\omega)|^2</math> represents enhancement of <math>E_i</math>. Enhancement occurs when <math>|f(\omega)|^2 > 1</math>, which happens if the contribution to the dielectric constant from conduction electrons is dominant.
** <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> expresses extinction by both absorption and scattering
*** <math>S_{scatt} = \frac{24\pi^3V^2_{np}\epsilon^2_m}{\lambda^4}|\frac{\epsilon - \epsilon_m}{\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m}|^2</math> and <math>S_{ext} = \frac{18\pi V_{np}\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{\lambda}\frac{\epsilon}{|\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m |^2} = \frac{2\pi V_{np}}{\lambda\epsilon^{1/2}_m} |f(\omega)|\epsilon_2</math>
*** Ratio varies as volume of nanoparticles: <math>\frac{S_{scatt}}{S_{ext}} \propto (D/\lambda)^3</math>
* If resonance condition <math>\epsilon_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m =0</math>, SPR frequency is <math>\Omega_R = \frac{\omega_p}{\sqrt{\epsilon^{ib}_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m}}</math>
* SPR shifted towards red with increasing <math>\epsilon_m</math>
** Red shift = bathochromic shift = higher wavelength and lower energy
** Blue shift = hypsochromic shift = lower wavelength and higher energy

===Mechanisms for optical properties===
====Intraband====
* Optical transitions '''without''' change of band
* Due to quasi-free electrons in conduction band
* Described by '''Drude model''': <math>\epsilon_{Drude} = 1-\frac{\omega_p^2}{\omega(\omega+i\gamma_0)}</math> where <math>\omega_p^2 = \frac{n_ee^2}{\epsilon_0m_e}</math>
* Absorption must be assisted by a third particle - another electron or a phonon, to conserve energy and momentum
* Dominates in red and infrared
====Interband====
* Optical transitions '''between''' electronic bands
* From filled bands to conduction band or from conduction band to empty bands of higher energy
* Dominates in visible and ultraviolet

===The Mie Model===
* For larger sizes, variations across the size of object must be considered

==Synthesis procedures==
=== Turkevich reaction ===
* Citrate reduction of chloride precursor <math>(HAuCl_4)</math>, aqueous phase
* Citrate acts as reducing agent and passivating ligand
* Most common commercially available method
* Typically at 100 degrees C
* Sizes 2-200nm
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Brust reaction===
* <math>BH_4^-</math> reduction of chloride precursor
* 1.5-8nm size
* Very stable particles
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Goia reaction===
* Reduction of auric acid with iso-ascorbic acid
* Stabilizer-free, like with citrate
* Room temperature, aqueous phase, rapid nucleation and growth
* Tunable particle size through pH, reaction ratios, concentration
* 30-100 nm, or 80-5000 nm if in presence of gum arabic and high Au concentration

===One-pot synthesis===
* Using stimuli-responsive polymers
* Using tiopronin or co-enzyme A
* Using globular proteins
* Using starch-glucose
* Using viral templates

==Functionalization of metallic nanoparticles==
* Ag or Au nanoparticles need a surface layer of a passivating ligand to be stable
* Direct functionalization: Reducing agent is passivating ligand
* Post-synthesis functionalization: Passivating ligand added after synthesis
** Can displace or bind to existing ligand

===Adsorption===
* Chemisorption
** Covalent / ionic bonds, high binding energy
** "Irreversible**
** Monolayer
* Physisorption
** van-der-Waals interactions, low binding energy
** Reversible
** Mono or multilayer
* Driven by reduction of free energy
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophobic surfaces
** Monolayer
** Hemi-micelles
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophilic surfaces
** At high concentrations: double layer
** Alternatively, close packed micelles
* Fractional surface coverage <math>\theta = \frac{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;onto\;surface}{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;at\;monolayer\;coverage} = \frac{N}{N_{mono}}</math>

===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
* One head group interacts with substrate, the other determines properties.

=== Macromolecular adsorption===
Entropy of mixing: <math>S=k\ln{\Omega}</math>, where <math>\Omega = \frac{(n_A + n_B)!}{n_A!n_B!}</math>. Given that <math>x_j</math> is the mole fraction of j, we have <math>-\Delta S_{mix} = k[n_a\ln{x_A} + n_B\ln{x_B}]</math>.
Assume nearest neighbour interactions only. We get the Flory-Huggins free energy of mixing: <math>\frac{\Delta G_{mix}}{RT} = n_A\phi_Bx+n_A\ln\phi_A+n_B\ln\phi_B</math>. Theory is a bit limited by approximations, shapes of monomers and solvents, and application areas.
 Formation of an adsorbed layer happens in three steps: Diffusion towards surface, attachment, and spreading.
 Adsorption rate: <math>\frac{\delta\Gamma}{\delta t} = k(c^b-c^s)</math> where <math>\Gamma</math> is the surface coverage, k is the diffusion and hydrodynamic rate coefficient, <math>c^s</math> is the subsurface concentration and <math>c^b</math> is the bulk concentration.

==New drug delivery vectors==
* Desirable size: 10-30 nm for access to nucleus
* Active vs passive
=== Approaches===
* Viral: proteines, peptides
** Very efficient
** Not easy to tune, size restricted
** Elicits strong immune responses
** Can mutilate, can be cytotoxic
** Incapable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Non-viral: Often passive, liposomes, polymers, dendrimers, microspheres
** Inefficient
** Challenging to add functions
** Possibly to control immune reactions
** Not infectious, often cytotoxic
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Combination vectors: metallic nanoparticle vectors
** Tunable efficiency
** Easy to incorporate different functions
** Size tunable
** Not infectious, controllable cytotoxicity
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides

===Gold nanoparticles===
Can be seen in differential interference contrast microscopy (DIC). Even though the particles are 5-30nm, they appear as reflections of 200-400nm, while cellular structures appear actual size.
*Functionalization methodologies:
** Attachment of payload through protein intermediate (Bovine Serum Albumin, BSA): Peptide-BSA-MBS-Au
** Direct attachment of payload to substrate through thiol chemistry
* Plasmonically heated Au nanoparticles
** LSPR excited nanomaterials are heated by adsorbed light
** Localized increase in temperatures --> hyperthermal therapy
** LSPR should be in near-infrared because body is more transparent there

===Dealing with Cancer===
* Cancer cells overexpress certain receptors, but receptor targetting still targets healthy cells
* Due to lactic acid buildups, cancer cells have lower pH than healthy tissue
* Core-shell hydrogel swelling can be tuned to within 0.1 pH
** Nanoparticles suspended within gel, and released upon pH changes

===Plant virus nanotechnology===
* Don't inherently target human cells
* Can be used to carry chemotherapeutic agents with little risk
* Biologically degradable

===Dendrimers===
* Superbranched polymers
** Core: chemical species in specific nanoenvironment
** Interior monomer layers: encapsulation of molecular species
** Multifunctional surface: determines macroscopic properties
* Synthesis
** Divergent (bottom-up): large structures available, lengthy separation procedures, limited by exponentially growing number of end groups
** Convergent (top-down): max 4G, more economically viable, limited by steric constraints
* Properties
** Monodispersity
** Biocompatibility
** Size and shape
** Polyvalency
** Interior compartment
* Advantages
** Uniform tunable size
** Hydrophilic exterior, hydrophobic interior
** More stable than micelles
** Tunable surface functionalization

Dendriers with cationic surface groups are cytotoxic, and more so with increasing generations. Anionic less so. Hydroxy- and methoxyterminated dendrimers non-toxic. Cytotoxicity can be reduced by cloaking, but some cationic functionality is desired to interact with negatively charged cell membranes. 
Release from the "dendritic box" can be done by hydrolysis. Partial hydrolysis releases small molecules, total hydrolysis will release all molecules. Otherwise, the spatial configuration of the dendrimer alters with pH and iconic strength, which can be used for release - especially remembering the pH difference between healthy tissue and tumor tissue.

====Targeting mechanisms====
* Enhanced permeability and retention (EPR)
** There are increased amounts of biofluids around tumors
** High weight polymers accumulate in solid tumor tissue
** Passive targeting
* Tumor receptor / antigen targeting
** Tumors often have unique receptors / antigens

====Dendrimers as drugs====
* Antiviral: Competes with cells for viruses. Can inhibit influenza, herpex simplex, HIV.
* Antibacterial: Adheres to and damages bacterial cell membranes
* Photodynamic therapy: Photoactivated, generates reactive oxygen species

=Pensum Del III (Tor Grande)=
==Micro- meso- and macroporous materials==
* Adsorption isotherms: Amount of adsorbed gas as a function of pressure.
* Macropores: d>50nm
* Mesopore: 2nm<d<50nm
* Micropores: d<2nm

==Types of porous solids==
* Zeolites (crystalline aluminosilicates)
** Hydrothermal synthesis: Solvent, precursors and a mineralizing agent. A structure-directing agents (cations or organic molecules) fill up pores and balance the charge of the framework. Needs to be removed later.
** Applications: Molecular sieves, chromatography, heterogeneous catalysis, ion exchange, sensing
* Metal organic frameworks (MOF)
** Low density
** May have permanent porosity if solvent can be removed
** Synthesis: Hydrothermal or solvothermal
** Applications: Gas adsorption and storage
* Ordered mesoporous oxides (Amorphous materials with ordered pores)
** Synthesis: Like zeolite, milder conditions. Needs a source for framework element oxide, a surfactant, a solvent, and a pH modifier
** Size of pores controlled by surfactant size
** Applications: Gas separation, catalysis, gas adsorption. Also, sensing, biosensing, drug delivery, optics, batteries, fuel cells.
* Sol-gel derived oxides (random mesoporous solids)
* Nano-crystalline Titanium Oxide
** Photocatalycic applications (pollutant degradation, water splitting)
* Porous silicon technology
** Preparation: etching
** Applications: sensing technology, support for CNT growth

==Core-shell structures==
===Heteroepitaxial semiconductor core-shell structures===
One semiconductor grown epitaxially on particles of another semiconductor. (Formation of shell material on the particle core is a continuation of particle growth, but with different chemical composition.)

===Metal-oxide structures===
For gold nanoparticles coated with silica, a polymer layer functionalized to bind to gold on one end and silica on the other needs to be in between.

===Metal-polymer structures===
Prepared by emulsion polymerization or membrane based synthesis.

===Oxide-polymer structures===
Prepared by polymerization at surface or adsorption.

==Fuel cells, batteries==

=Pensum Del IV (May-Britt Hägg)=
==Basics of membrane materials and separation==
* Microporous membrane: Separation according to selective surface flow - largets molecule permeates
* Dense polymers: Permeability P equal to diffusion times solution, P=DS
** Influenced by state of polymer, type of gas, pressure, temperature
** Other polymeric membranes: SFTM (selective facilitated transport membrane).
* Molecular sieving: Separation according to molecular size (smallest molecule goes through.)
** P=DS but diffusion factor most important
* Basic equations for membrane separation
** <math> P = DS</math> where <math>D [cm^2/s]</math>is diffusivity and <math>S [cm^3(STP)/cm^3 bar]</math> is solubility
** Selectivity <math>\alpha = P_i/P</math>
** Production rate (flux) <math>\frac{q}{A_m} = J_i = \frac{P_i}{l}(p_hx_0 - p_ly_p)</math> where <math>A_m</math> is the membrane area, <math>l</math> is the membrane thickness, <math>p_h,p_l</math> are feed and permeate pressures and <math>x_0,y_p</math> are mole fractions of component i.
 
Total feed flow given by material balance, <math>L_f = L_0 + V_p</math>, where <math>L_f</math> is the feed in, <math>L_0</math> is the reject feed out and <math>V_p</math> is the permeate out.

==Selected nanostructured membranes==
===Mixed Matrix Membranes===
* Polymeric matrix with dispersed porous inorganic particles

===Carbon Molecular Sieve Membranes===
* Improved flux and selectivity
* Tailoring pore size by adjusting pyrolysis parameteres and post treatment (oxidation to increase pore size or organic vapor deposition to decrease pore size)

===Glass Membrane===
* Surface of glass pore can be functionalized to improve flux and selectivity

=Pensum Del V (Magnus Rønning)=
==Catalysis==

TKP4190 - Fabrikasjon og anvendelse av nanomaterialer

2010-05-23T15:13:19Z

Annekin: /* Quasi-static approximation */

=Pensum Del I (Jens-Petter Andreassen)=
==Crystallization fundamentals==
===Supersaturation===
Concentration driving force: <math>\Delta c = c - c^*</math> where c is the solution concentration and c* is the equilibrium saturation at a given temperature.
Supersaturation ratio S is given as <math>S = \frac{c}{c^*}</math> and the relative supersaturation ratio <math>\sigma = \frac{\Delta c}{c^*} = S-1</math>
* Size dependant crystal growth
==Homogeneous nucleation==
The free energy associated with nucleation consists of two parts working against each other; the energetically favorable formation of solids and the unfavorable formation of new surfaces.
<math>\Delta G = \Delta G_S + \Delta G_V = 4\pi r^2 \gamma + \frac{4}{3}\pi r^3 \Delta G_v</math>
Here <math>\Delta G_S</math> is the surface excess free energy, <math>\gamma</math> is the interfacial tension between the phases, <math>\Delta G_V</math> is the volume excess free energy and <math>\Delta G_v</math> is the same per unit volume.
At the point where the <math>\Delta G</math>-curve is at its max, we find the critical nucleus size: above this radius the nucleus is stable. Finding this size is straightforward: <math>\frac{\delta \Delta G}{\delta r} = 0 \Rightarrow r_{crit} = \frac{-2\gamma}{\Delta G_v} \Rightarrow \Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3}{3(\Delta G_v)^2} = \frac{4}{3}\pi r^2_{crit} \gamma</math>
 
Inserting <math>-\Delta G_v = \frac{k_B T \ln{S}}{\nu}</math> the critical energy for nucleation is <math>\Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2}</math>
 
This energy originates from random fluctuations. Rate of nucleation can thus be expressed as an Arrhenius equation: 
<math>J = A \exp(\frac{-\Delta G}{k_B T}) = A \exp(\frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2})</math>
==Heterogeneous nucleation==
Critical energy changed due to availability of a solid surface. <math>\Delta G_{crit,hetr} = \phi\Delta G_{crit,hom}, \phi = \frac{1}{4}(2+\cos{\theta})(1-\cos{\theta})</math>
==Growth rate limits==
===Diffusion controlled growth===
Growth as change of particle radius per time is given as <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = D(C-C_S)\frac{V_m}{r}</math> where r is the radius, D is the diffusion coefficient of the growth species, C is the bulk concentration, <math>C_S</math> is the solubility concentration and <math>V_m</math> is the molecular volume. Solving gives <math>r^2 = 2D(C-C_S)V_mt + r_0^2</math>
* Diffusion controlled growth promotes unisized particles
* Can be obtained by increasing viscosity or introducing a diffusion barrier
 Radius difference between particles decreases with time: <math>\delta r = \frac{r_0\delta r_0}{\sqrt{k_Dt + r_0^2}}</math>
===Surface integration controlled growth===
Growth given by <math> G = k_g(S-1)^g</math>
* Spiral growth (most common): g = 2 at very low supersaturation and g = 1 at large supersaturation
* 2D Nucleation: g > 2
* Rough growth: g=1
'''Mononuclear growth (layer by layer):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_mr^2 \Rightarrow \frac{1}{r}=\frac{1}{r_0} - k_mt</math> and radius difference increases with time <math>\delta r = \frac{\delta r_0}{(1-k_mr_0t)^2}</math> 
'''Polynuclear growth (multiple layers growing at once):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_p \Rightarrow r=k_pt+r_0</math> and radius difference remains unchanged <math>\delta r = \delta r_0</math>

==Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles==
* Metal complexes in dilute solutions are reduced
* Stronger reducing agent --> smaller particles
* Polymers used as stabilizers and diffusion barriers
===Mechanisms for formation of spherical crystalline particles===
* Aggregation
* Crystal Growth
===Influences on the synthesis===
* From reducing agents
** Weak reduction agent: slow reaction rate, large particles. Slow reaction could lead to continuous formation of nuclei --> wide size distribution.
** Strong reduction agent: smaller particles.
** Affects morphology
* From other factors (Very specific examples in the text)
** Chloride ion concentration affects syntehsis of Pt nanoparticles from <math>H_2PtCl_6</math>
** Low concentration of reactant --> decreased reduction rate
* From polymer stabilizers
** Introduced to form a monolayer on nanoparticle surface to prevent agglomeration (stabilizer)
** Adsorption of polymer occupies growth sites --> growth reduced
** Diffusion barrier
** May also react with solute, catalyst or solvent
==1-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Spontaneous growth (Bottom-up): Driven by reduction of chemical potential (like nanoparticles) only now needs to be anisotropic
** Evaporation-condensation: Reduction in chemical potential by consumption of supersaturation
** Vapor-liquid-solid / Solution-liquid-solid (VLS/SLS)
** Stress-induced recrystallization
* Template-based synthesis (Bottom-up)
** Electroplating and electrophoretic deposition
** Colloid dispersion, melt or solution filling
** Conversion with chemical reaction
* Electrospinning (Bottom-up)
* Lithography (Top-down)

==2-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Vapor-phase deposition
** Performed under vacuum
* Liquid based growth

===Initial nucleation===
* Island growth / Volmer-Weber growth
* Layer growth / Frank-van der Merwe growth
* Island layer / Stranski-Krastonov growth

=Pensum Del II (Sondre Volden)=
==Optical properties of metallic nanoparticles==
===LSPR===
* Localized surface plasmon resonance
* Depends on size, morphology, metal, surroundings
===Quasi-static approximation===
* Energy levels treated as a quasi-continuum of states
* Assuming
** <math>D \le \frac{\lambda}{10}</math> for the EM field to be treated as uniform within each spherical particle.
** Particles are small enough so that the time of propagation in each sphere is small compared to the oscillation period of the EM field
** D larger than 2 nm (more than 100 atoms)for the separation of energy levels close to the particle surface to be comparable to that of the bulk metal
** Volume fraction small enough to treat particles as independent
** We can introduce an effective dielectric constant for the medium
*Intensity through a medium of thickness L:
** <math>I_t=I_0\exp(-\alpha L)</math>, where <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> is the absorption coefficient
** For normal medium, <math>\alpha(\omega)=2\frac{\omega}{c}\Kappa(\omega)</math>
** For a matrix + nanosphere system, <math>\alpha(\omega) = \frac{9p \omega\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{c}\frac{\epsilon_2}{(\epsilon_1+2\epsilon_m)^2 + \epsilon_2^2} = \frac{\omega}{\epsilon^{1/2}_mc}p|f(\omega)|^2 \epsilon_2(\omega)</math>, where p is the volume fraction of nanoparticles, and <math>\epsilon_1</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the matrix and <math>\epsilon_2</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the nanoparticles.
** <math>|f(\omega)|^2</math> represents enhancement of <math>E_i</math>. Enhancement occurs when <math>|f(\omega)|^2 > 1</math>, which happens if the contribution to the dielectric constant from conduction electrons is dominant.
** <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> expresses extinction by both absorption and scattering
*** <math>S_{scatt} = \frac{24\pi^3V^2_{np}\epsilon^2_m}{\lambda^4}|\frac{\epsilon - \epsilon_m}{\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m}|^2</math> and <math>S_{ext} = \frac{18\pi V_{np}\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{\lambda}\frac{\epsilon}{|\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m |^2} = \frac{2\pi V_{np}}{\lambda\epsilon^{1/2}_m} |f(\omega)|\epsilon_2</math>
*** Ratio varies as volume of nanoparticles: <math>\frac{S_{scatt}}{S_{ext}} \propto (D/\lambda)^3</math>
* If resonance condition <math>\epsilon_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m =0</math>, SPR frequency is <math>\Omega_R = \frac{\omega_p}{\sqrt{\epsilon^{ib}_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m}}</math>
* SPR shifted towards red with increasing <math>\epsilon_m</math>
** Red shift = bathochromic shift = higher wavelength and lower energy
** Blue shift = hypsochromic shift = lower wavelength and higher energy

===Mechanisms for optical properties===
====Intraband====
* Optical transitions '''without''' change of band
* Due to quasi-free electrons in conduction band
* Described by '''Drude model''': <math>\epsilon_{Drude} = 1-\frac{\omega_p^2}{\omega(\omega+i\gamma_0)}</math> where <math>\omega_p^2 = \frac{n_ee^2}{\epsilon_0m_e}</math>
* Absorption must be assisted by a third particle - another electron or a phonon, to conserve energy and momentum
* Dominates in red and infrared
====Interband====
* Optical transitions '''between''' electronic bands
* From filled bands to conduction band or from conduction band to empty bands of higher energy
* Dominates in visible and ultraviolet

===The Mie Model===
* For larger sizes, variations across the size of object must be considered

==Synthesis procedures==
=== Turkevich reaction ===
* Citrate reduction of chloride precursor <math>(HAuCl_4)</math>, aqueous phase
* Citrate acts as reducing agent and passivating ligand
* Most common commercially available method
* Typically at 100 degrees C
* Sizes 2-200nm
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Brust reaction===
* <math>BH_4^-</math> reduction of chloride precursor
* 1.5-8nm size
* Very stable particles
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Goia reaction===
* Reduction of auric acid with iso-ascorbic acid
* Stabilizer-free, like with citrate
* Room temperature, aqueous phase, rapid nucleation and growth
* Tunable particle size through pH, reaction ratios, concentration
* 30-100 nm, or 80-5000 nm if in presence of gum arabic and high Au concentration

===One-pot synthesis===
* Using stimuli-responsive polymers
* Using tiopronin or co-enzyme A
* Using globular proteins
* Using starch-glucose
* Using viral templates

==Functionalization of metallic nanoparticles==
* Ag or Au nanoparticles need a surface layer of a passivating ligand to be stable
* Direct functionalization: Reducing agent is passivating ligand
* Post-synthesis functionalization: Passivating ligand added after synthesis
** Can displace or bind to existing ligand

===Adsorption===
* Chemisorption
** Covalent / ionic bonds, high binding energy
** "Irreversible**
** Monolayer
* Physisorption
** van-der-Waals interactions, low binding energy
** Reversible
** Mono or multilayer
* Driven by reduction of free energy
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophobic surfaces
** Monolayer
** Hemi-micelles
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophilic surfaces
** At high concentrations: double layer
** Alternatively, close packed micelles
* Fractional surface coverage <math>\theta = \frac{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;onto\;surface}{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;at\;monolayer\;coverage} = \frac{N}{N_{mono}}</math>

===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
* One head group interacts with substrate, the other determines properties.

=== Macromolecular adsorption===
Entropy of mixing: <math>S=k\ln{\Omega}</math>, where <math>\Omega = \frac{(n_A + n_B)!}{n_A!n_B!}</math>. Given that <math>x_j</math> is the mole fraction of j, we have <math>-\Delta S_{mix} = k[n_a\ln{x_A} + n_B\ln{x_B}]</math>.
Assume nearest neighbour interactions only. We get the Flory-Huggins free energy of mixing: <math>\frac{\Delta G_{mix}}{RT} = n_A\phi_Bx+n_A\ln\phi_A+n_B\ln\phi_B</math>. Theory is a bit limited by approximations, shapes of monomers and solvents, and application areas.
 Formation of an adsorbed layer happens in three steps: Diffusion towards surface, attachment, and spreading.
 Adsorption rate: <math>\frac{\delta\Gamma}{\delta t} = k(c^b-c^s)</math> where <math>\Gamma</math> is the surface coverage, k is the diffusion and hydrodynamic rate coefficient, <math>c^s</math> is the subsurface concentration and <math>c^b</math> is the bulk concentration.

==New drug delivery vectors==
* Desirable size: 10-30 nm for access to nucleus
* Active vs passive
=== Approaches===
* Viral: proteines, peptides
** Very efficient
** Not easy to tune, size restricted
** Elicits strong immune responses
** Can mutilate, can be cytotoxic
** Incapable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Non-viral: Often passive, liposomes, polymers, dendrimers, microspheres
** Inefficient
** Challenging to add functions
** Possibly to control immune reactions
** Not infectious, often cytotoxic
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Combination vectors: metallic nanoparticle vectors
** Tunable efficiency
** Easy to incorporate different functions
** Size tunable
** Not infectious, controllable cytotoxicity
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides

===Gold nanoparticles===
Can be seen in differential interference contrast microscopy (DIC). Even though the particles are 5-30nm, they appear as reflections of 200-400nm, while cellular structures appear actual size.
*Functionalization methodologies:
** Attachment of payload through protein intermediate (Bovine Serum Albumin, BSA): Peptide-BSA-MBS-Au
** Direct attachment of payload to substrate through thiol chemistry
* Plasmonically heated Au nanoparticles
** LSPR excited nanomaterials are heated by adsorbed light
** Localized increase in temperatures --> hyperthermal therapy
** LSPR should be in near-infrared because body is more transparent there

===Dealing with Cancer===
* Cancer cells overexpress certain receptors, but receptor targetting still targets healthy cells
* Due to lactic acid buildups, cancer cells have lower pH than healthy tissue
* Core-shell hydrogel swelling can be tuned to within 0.1 pH
** Nanoparticles suspended within gel, and released upon pH changes

===Plant virus nanotechnology===
* Don't inherently target human cells
* Can be used to carry chemotherapeutic agents with little risk
* Biologically degradable

===Dendrimers===
* Superbranched polymers
** Core: chemical species in specific nanoenvironment
** Interior monomer layers: encapsulation of molecular species
** Multifunctional surface: determines macroscopic properties
* Synthesis
** Divergent (bottom-up): large structures available, lengthy separation procedures, limited by exponentially growing number of end groups
** Convergent (top-down): max 4G, more economically viable, limited by steric constraints
* Properties
** Monodispersity
** Biocompatibility
** Size and shape
** Polyvalency
** Interior compartment
* Advantages
** Uniform tunable size
** Hydrophilic exterior, hydrophobic interior
** More stable than micelles
** Tunable surface functionalization

Dendriers with cationic surface groups are cytotoxic, and more so with increasing generations. Anionic less so. Hydroxy- and methoxyterminated dendrimers non-toxic. Cytotoxicity can be reduced by cloaking, but some cationic functionality is desired to interact with negatively charged cell membranes. 
Release from the "dendritic box" can be done by hydrolysis. Partial hydrolysis releases small molecules, total hydrolysis will release all molecules. Otherwise, the spatial configuration of the dendrimer alters with pH and iconic strength, which can be used for release - especially remembering the pH difference between healthy tissue and tumor tissue.

====Targeting mechanisms====
* Enhanced permeability and retention (EPR)
** There are increased amounts of biofluids around tumors
** High weight polymers accumulate in solid tumor tissue
** Passive targeting
* Tumor receptor / antigen targeting
** Tumors often have unique receptors / antigens

====Dendrimers as drugs====
* Antiviral: Competes with cells for viruses. Can inhibit influenza, herpex simplex, HIV.
* Antibacterial: Adheres to and damages bacterial cell membranes
* Photodynamic therapy: Photoactivated, generates reactive oxygen species

=Pensum Del III (Tor Grande)=
==Micro- meso- and macroporous materials==
* Adsorption isotherms: Amount of adsorbed gas as a function of pressure.
* Macropores: d>50nm
* Mesopore: 2nm<d<50nm
* Micropores: d<2nm

==Types of porous solids==
* Zeolites (crystalline aluminosilicates)
** Hydrothermal synthesis: Solvent, precursors and a mineralizing agent. A structure-directing agents (cations or organic molecules) fill up pores and balance the charge of the framework. Needs to be removed later.
** Applications: Molecular sieves, chromatography, heterogeneous catalysis, ion exchange, sensing
* Metal organic frameworks (MOF)
** Low density
** May have permanent porosity if solvent can be removed
** Synthesis: Hydrothermal or solvothermal
** Applications: Gas adsorption and storage
* Ordered mesoporous oxides (Amorphous materials with ordered pores)
** Synthesis: Like zeolite, milder conditions. Needs a source for framework element oxide, a surfactant, a solvent, and a pH modifier
** Size of pores controlled by surfactant size
** Applications: Gas separation, catalysis, gas adsorption. Also, sensing, biosensing, drug delivery, optics, batteries, fuel cells.
* Sol-gel derived oxides (random mesoporous solids)
* Nano-crystalline Titanium Oxide
** Photocatalycic applications (pollutant degradation, water splitting)
* Porous silicon technology
** Preparation: etching
** Applications: sensing technology, support for CNT growth

==Core-shell structures==
===Heteroepitaxial semiconductor core-shell structures===
One semiconductor grown epitaxially on particles of another semiconductor. (Formation of shell material on the particle core is a continuation of particle growth, but with different chemical composition.)

===Metal-oxide structures===
For gold nanoparticles coated with silica, a polymer layer functionalized to bind to gold on one end and silica on the other needs to be in between.

===Metal-polymer structures===
Prepared by emulsion polymerization or membrane based synthesis.

===Oxide-polymer structures===
Prepared by polymerization at surface or adsorption.

==Fuel cells, batteries==

=Pensum Del IV (May-Britt Hägg)=
==Basics of membrane materials and separation==
* Microporous membrane: Separation according to selective surface flow - largets molecule permeates
* Dense polymers: Permeability P equal to diffusion times solution, P=DS
** Influenced by state of polymer, type of gas, pressure, temperature
** Other polymeric membranes: SFTM (selective facilitated transport membrane).
* Molecular sieving: Separation according to molecular size (smallest molecule goes through.)
** P=DS but diffusion factor most important
* Basic equations for membrane separation
** <math> P = DS</math> where <math>D [cm^2/s]</math>is diffusivity and <math>S [cm^3(STP)/cm^3 bar]</math> is solubility
** Selectivity <math>\alpha = P_i/P</math>
** Production rate (flux) <math>\frac{q}{A_m} = J_i = \frac{P_i}{l}(p_hx_0 - p_ly_p)</math> where <math>A_m</math> is the membrane area, <math>l</math> is the membrane thickness, <math>p_h,p_l</math> are feed and permeate pressures and <math>x_0,y_p</math> are mole fractions of component i.
 
Total feed flow given by material balance, <math>L_f = L_0 + V_p</math>, where <math>L_f</math> is the feed in, <math>L_0</math> is the reject feed out and <math>V_p</math> is the permeate out.

==Selected nanostructured membranes==
===Mixed Matrix Membranes===
* Polymeric matrix with dispersed porous inorganic particles

===Carbon Molecular Sieve Membranes===
* Improved flux and selectivity
* Tailoring pore size by adjusting pyrolysis parameteres and post treatment (oxidation to increase pore size or organic vapor deposition to decrease pore size)

===Glass Membrane===
* Surface of glass pore can be functionalized to improve flux and selectivity

=Pensum Del V (Magnus Rønning)=
==Catalysis==

TKP4190 - Fabrikasjon og anvendelse av nanomaterialer

2010-05-23T14:56:29Z

Annekin: /* Quasi-static approximation */

=Pensum Del I (Jens-Petter Andreassen)=
==Crystallization fundamentals==
===Supersaturation===
Concentration driving force: <math>\Delta c = c - c^*</math> where c is the solution concentration and c* is the equilibrium saturation at a given temperature.
Supersaturation ratio S is given as <math>S = \frac{c}{c^*}</math> and the relative supersaturation ratio <math>\sigma = \frac{\Delta c}{c^*} = S-1</math>
* Size dependant crystal growth
==Homogeneous nucleation==
The free energy associated with nucleation consists of two parts working against each other; the energetically favorable formation of solids and the unfavorable formation of new surfaces.
<math>\Delta G = \Delta G_S + \Delta G_V = 4\pi r^2 \gamma + \frac{4}{3}\pi r^3 \Delta G_v</math>
Here <math>\Delta G_S</math> is the surface excess free energy, <math>\gamma</math> is the interfacial tension between the phases, <math>\Delta G_V</math> is the volume excess free energy and <math>\Delta G_v</math> is the same per unit volume.
At the point where the <math>\Delta G</math>-curve is at its max, we find the critical nucleus size: above this radius the nucleus is stable. Finding this size is straightforward: <math>\frac{\delta \Delta G}{\delta r} = 0 \Rightarrow r_{crit} = \frac{-2\gamma}{\Delta G_v} \Rightarrow \Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3}{3(\Delta G_v)^2} = \frac{4}{3}\pi r^2_{crit} \gamma</math>
 
Inserting <math>-\Delta G_v = \frac{k_B T \ln{S}}{\nu}</math> the critical energy for nucleation is <math>\Delta G_{crit} = \frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2}</math>
 
This energy originates from random fluctuations. Rate of nucleation can thus be expressed as an Arrhenius equation: 
<math>J = A \exp(\frac{-\Delta G}{k_B T}) = A \exp(\frac{16 \pi \gamma^3 \nu^2}{3(k_B T \ln{S})^2})</math>
==Heterogeneous nucleation==
Critical energy changed due to availability of a solid surface. <math>\Delta G_{crit,hetr} = \phi\Delta G_{crit,hom}, \phi = \frac{1}{4}(2+\cos{\theta})(1-\cos{\theta})</math>
==Growth rate limits==
===Diffusion controlled growth===
Growth as change of particle radius per time is given as <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = D(C-C_S)\frac{V_m}{r}</math> where r is the radius, D is the diffusion coefficient of the growth species, C is the bulk concentration, <math>C_S</math> is the solubility concentration and <math>V_m</math> is the molecular volume. Solving gives <math>r^2 = 2D(C-C_S)V_mt + r_0^2</math>
* Diffusion controlled growth promotes unisized particles
* Can be obtained by increasing viscosity or introducing a diffusion barrier
 Radius difference between particles decreases with time: <math>\delta r = \frac{r_0\delta r_0}{\sqrt{k_Dt + r_0^2}}</math>
===Surface integration controlled growth===
Growth given by <math> G = k_g(S-1)^g</math>
* Spiral growth (most common): g = 2 at very low supersaturation and g = 1 at large supersaturation
* 2D Nucleation: g > 2
* Rough growth: g=1
'''Mononuclear growth (layer by layer):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_mr^2 \Rightarrow \frac{1}{r}=\frac{1}{r_0} - k_mt</math> and radius difference increases with time <math>\delta r = \frac{\delta r_0}{(1-k_mr_0t)^2}</math> 
'''Polynuclear growth (multiple layers growing at once):''' <math>\frac{dr}{dt} = k_p \Rightarrow r=k_pt+r_0</math> and radius difference remains unchanged <math>\delta r = \delta r_0</math>

==Synthesis of metallic nanoparticles==
* Metal complexes in dilute solutions are reduced
* Stronger reducing agent --> smaller particles
* Polymers used as stabilizers and diffusion barriers
===Mechanisms for formation of spherical crystalline particles===
* Aggregation
* Crystal Growth
===Influences on the synthesis===
* From reducing agents
** Weak reduction agent: slow reaction rate, large particles. Slow reaction could lead to continuous formation of nuclei --> wide size distribution.
** Strong reduction agent: smaller particles.
** Affects morphology
* From other factors (Very specific examples in the text)
** Chloride ion concentration affects syntehsis of Pt nanoparticles from <math>H_2PtCl_6</math>
** Low concentration of reactant --> decreased reduction rate
* From polymer stabilizers
** Introduced to form a monolayer on nanoparticle surface to prevent agglomeration (stabilizer)
** Adsorption of polymer occupies growth sites --> growth reduced
** Diffusion barrier
** May also react with solute, catalyst or solvent
==1-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Spontaneous growth (Bottom-up): Driven by reduction of chemical potential (like nanoparticles) only now needs to be anisotropic
** Evaporation-condensation: Reduction in chemical potential by consumption of supersaturation
** Vapor-liquid-solid / Solution-liquid-solid (VLS/SLS)
** Stress-induced recrystallization
* Template-based synthesis (Bottom-up)
** Electroplating and electrophoretic deposition
** Colloid dispersion, melt or solution filling
** Conversion with chemical reaction
* Electrospinning (Bottom-up)
* Lithography (Top-down)

==2-D nanostructures==
===Techniques for growing===
* Vapor-phase deposition
** Performed under vacuum
* Liquid based growth

===Initial nucleation===
* Island growth / Volmer-Weber growth
* Layer growth / Frank-van der Merwe growth
* Island layer / Stranski-Krastonov growth

=Pensum Del II (Sondre Volden)=
==Optical properties of metallic nanoparticles==
===LSPR===
* Localized surface plasmon resonance
* Depends on size, morphology, metal, surroundings
===Quasi-static approximation===
* Energy levels treated as a quasi-continuum of states
* Assuming
** <math>D \le \frac{\lambda}{10}</math>
** D larger than 2 nm (more than 100 atoms)
** Volume fraction small enough to treat particles as independent
** We can introduce an effective dielectric constant for the medium
*Intensity through a medium of thickness L:
** <math>I_t=I_0\exp(-\alpha L)</math>, where <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> is the absorption coefficient
** For normal medium, <math>\alpha(\omega)=2\frac{\omega}{c}\Kappa(\omega)</math>
** For a matrix + nanosphere system, <math>\alpha(\omega) = \frac{9p \omega\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{c}\frac{\epsilon_2}{(\epsilon_1+2\epsilon_m)^2 + \epsilon_2^2} = \frac{\omega}{\epsilon^{1/2}_mc}p|f(\omega)|^2 \epsilon_2(\omega)</math>, where p is the volume fraction of nanoparticles, and <math>\epsilon_1</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the matrix and <math>\epsilon_2</math> is the complex dielectric constant of the nanoparticles.
** <math>|f(\omega)|^2</math> represents enhancement of <math>E_i</math>. Enhancement occurs when <math>|f(\omega)|^2 > 1</math>, which happens if the contribution to the dielectric constant from conduction electrons is dominant.
** <math>\alpha(\omega)</math> expresses extinction by both absorption and scattering
*** <math>S_{scatt} = \frac{24\pi^3V^2_{np}\epsilon^2_m}{\lambda^4}|\frac{\epsilon - \epsilon_m}{\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m}|^2</math> and <math>S_{ext} = \frac{18\pi V_{np}\epsilon^{3/2}_m}{\lambda}\frac{\epsilon}{|\epsilon + 2\epsilon_m |^2} = \frac{2\pi V_{np}}{\lambda\epsilon^{1/2}_m} |f(\omega)|\epsilon_2</math>
*** Ratio varies as volume of nanoparticles: <math>\frac{S_{scatt}}{S_{ext}} \propto (D/\lambda)^3</math>
* If resonance condition <math>\epsilon_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m =0</math>, SPR frequency is <math>\Omega_R = \frac{\omega_p}{\sqrt{\epsilon^{ib}_1(\Omega_R)+2\epsilon_m}}</math>
* SPR shifted towards red with increasing <math>\epsilon_m</math>
** Red shift = bathochromic shift = higher wavelength and lower energy
** Blue shift = hypsochromic shift = lower wavelength and higher energy

===Mechanisms for optical properties===
====Intraband====
* Optical transitions '''without''' change of band
* Due to quasi-free electrons in conduction band
* Described by '''Drude model''': <math>\epsilon_{Drude} = 1-\frac{\omega_p^2}{\omega(\omega+i\gamma_0)}</math> where <math>\omega_p^2 = \frac{n_ee^2}{\epsilon_0m_e}</math>
* Absorption must be assisted by a third particle - another electron or a phonon, to conserve energy and momentum
* Dominates in red and infrared
====Interband====
* Optical transitions '''between''' electronic bands
* From filled bands to conduction band or from conduction band to empty bands of higher energy
* Dominates in visible and ultraviolet

===The Mie Model===
* For larger sizes, variations across the size of object must be considered

==Synthesis procedures==
=== Turkevich reaction ===
* Citrate reduction of chloride precursor <math>(HAuCl_4)</math>, aqueous phase
* Citrate acts as reducing agent and passivating ligand
* Most common commercially available method
* Typically at 100 degrees C
* Sizes 2-200nm
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Brust reaction===
* <math>BH_4^-</math> reduction of chloride precursor
* 1.5-8nm size
* Very stable particles
* Wide array of surface functionalities through ligand exchange

===Goia reaction===
* Reduction of auric acid with iso-ascorbic acid
* Stabilizer-free, like with citrate
* Room temperature, aqueous phase, rapid nucleation and growth
* Tunable particle size through pH, reaction ratios, concentration
* 30-100 nm, or 80-5000 nm if in presence of gum arabic and high Au concentration

===One-pot synthesis===
* Using stimuli-responsive polymers
* Using tiopronin or co-enzyme A
* Using globular proteins
* Using starch-glucose
* Using viral templates

==Functionalization of metallic nanoparticles==
* Ag or Au nanoparticles need a surface layer of a passivating ligand to be stable
* Direct functionalization: Reducing agent is passivating ligand
* Post-synthesis functionalization: Passivating ligand added after synthesis
** Can displace or bind to existing ligand

===Adsorption===
* Chemisorption
** Covalent / ionic bonds, high binding energy
** "Irreversible**
** Monolayer
* Physisorption
** van-der-Waals interactions, low binding energy
** Reversible
** Mono or multilayer
* Driven by reduction of free energy
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophobic surfaces
** Monolayer
** Hemi-micelles
* Surfactant adsorption on hydrophilic surfaces
** At high concentrations: double layer
** Alternatively, close packed micelles
* Fractional surface coverage <math>\theta = \frac{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;onto\;surface}{number\;of\;molecules\;adsorbed\;at\;monolayer\;coverage} = \frac{N}{N_{mono}}</math>

===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
* One head group interacts with substrate, the other determines properties.

=== Macromolecular adsorption===
Entropy of mixing: <math>S=k\ln{\Omega}</math>, where <math>\Omega = \frac{(n_A + n_B)!}{n_A!n_B!}</math>. Given that <math>x_j</math> is the mole fraction of j, we have <math>-\Delta S_{mix} = k[n_a\ln{x_A} + n_B\ln{x_B}]</math>.
Assume nearest neighbour interactions only. We get the Flory-Huggins free energy of mixing: <math>\frac{\Delta G_{mix}}{RT} = n_A\phi_Bx+n_A\ln\phi_A+n_B\ln\phi_B</math>. Theory is a bit limited by approximations, shapes of monomers and solvents, and application areas.
 Formation of an adsorbed layer happens in three steps: Diffusion towards surface, attachment, and spreading.
 Adsorption rate: <math>\frac{\delta\Gamma}{\delta t} = k(c^b-c^s)</math> where <math>\Gamma</math> is the surface coverage, k is the diffusion and hydrodynamic rate coefficient, <math>c^s</math> is the subsurface concentration and <math>c^b</math> is the bulk concentration.

==New drug delivery vectors==
* Desirable size: 10-30 nm for access to nucleus
* Active vs passive
=== Approaches===
* Viral: proteines, peptides
** Very efficient
** Not easy to tune, size restricted
** Elicits strong immune responses
** Can mutilate, can be cytotoxic
** Incapable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Non-viral: Often passive, liposomes, polymers, dendrimers, microspheres
** Inefficient
** Challenging to add functions
** Possibly to control immune reactions
** Not infectious, often cytotoxic
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides
* Combination vectors: metallic nanoparticle vectors
** Tunable efficiency
** Easy to incorporate different functions
** Size tunable
** Not infectious, controllable cytotoxicity
** Capable of delivering chemotherapy agents or short oligonucleotides

===Gold nanoparticles===
Can be seen in differential interference contrast microscopy (DIC). Even though the particles are 5-30nm, they appear as reflections of 200-400nm, while cellular structures appear actual size.
*Functionalization methodologies:
** Attachment of payload through protein intermediate (Bovine Serum Albumin, BSA): Peptide-BSA-MBS-Au
** Direct attachment of payload to substrate through thiol chemistry
* Plasmonically heated Au nanoparticles
** LSPR excited nanomaterials are heated by adsorbed light
** Localized increase in temperatures --> hyperthermal therapy
** LSPR should be in near-infrared because body is more transparent there

===Dealing with Cancer===
* Cancer cells overexpress certain receptors, but receptor targetting still targets healthy cells
* Due to lactic acid buildups, cancer cells have lower pH than healthy tissue
* Core-shell hydrogel swelling can be tuned to within 0.1 pH
** Nanoparticles suspended within gel, and released upon pH changes

===Plant virus nanotechnology===
* Don't inherently target human cells
* Can be used to carry chemotherapeutic agents with little risk
* Biologically degradable

===Dendrimers===
* Superbranched polymers
** Core: chemical species in specific nanoenvironment
** Interior monomer layers: encapsulation of molecular species
** Multifunctional surface: determines macroscopic properties
* Synthesis
** Divergent (bottom-up): large structures available, lengthy separation procedures, limited by exponentially growing number of end groups
** Convergent (top-down): max 4G, more economically viable, limited by steric constraints
* Properties
** Monodispersity
** Biocompatibility
** Size and shape
** Polyvalency
** Interior compartment
* Advantages
** Uniform tunable size
** Hydrophilic exterior, hydrophobic interior
** More stable than micelles
** Tunable surface functionalization

Dendriers with cationic surface groups are cytotoxic, and more so with increasing generations. Anionic less so. Hydroxy- and methoxyterminated dendrimers non-toxic. Cytotoxicity can be reduced by cloaking, but some cationic functionality is desired to interact with negatively charged cell membranes. 
Release from the "dendritic box" can be done by hydrolysis. Partial hydrolysis releases small molecules, total hydrolysis will release all molecules. Otherwise, the spatial configuration of the dendrimer alters with pH and iconic strength, which can be used for release - especially remembering the pH difference between healthy tissue and tumor tissue.

====Targeting mechanisms====
* Enhanced permeability and retention (EPR)
** There are increased amounts of biofluids around tumors
** High weight polymers accumulate in solid tumor tissue
** Passive targeting
* Tumor receptor / antigen targeting
** Tumors often have unique receptors / antigens

====Dendrimers as drugs====
* Antiviral: Competes with cells for viruses. Can inhibit influenza, herpex simplex, HIV.
* Antibacterial: Adheres to and damages bacterial cell membranes
* Photodynamic therapy: Photoactivated, generates reactive oxygen species

=Pensum Del III (Tor Grande)=
==Micro- meso- and macroporous materials==
* Adsorption isotherms: Amount of adsorbed gas as a function of pressure.
* Macropores: d>50nm
* Mesopore: 2nm<d<50nm
* Micropores: d<2nm

==Types of porous solids==
* Zeolites (crystalline aluminosilicates)
** Hydrothermal synthesis: Solvent, precursors and a mineralizing agent. A structure-directing agents (cations or organic molecules) fill up pores and balance the charge of the framework. Needs to be removed later.
** Applications: Molecular sieves, chromatography, heterogeneous catalysis, ion exchange, sensing
* Metal organic frameworks (MOF)
** Low density
** May have permanent porosity if solvent can be removed
** Synthesis: Hydrothermal or solvothermal
** Applications: Gas adsorption and storage
* Ordered mesoporous oxides (Amorphous materials with ordered pores)
** Synthesis: Like zeolite, milder conditions. Needs a source for framework element oxide, a surfactant, a solvent, and a pH modifier
** Size of pores controlled by surfactant size
** Applications: Gas separation, catalysis, gas adsorption. Also, sensing, biosensing, drug delivery, optics, batteries, fuel cells.
* Sol-gel derived oxides (random mesoporous solids)
* Nano-crystalline Titanium Oxide
** Photocatalycic applications (pollutant degradation, water splitting)
* Porous silicon technology
** Preparation: etching
** Applications: sensing technology, support for CNT growth

==Core-shell structures==
===Heteroepitaxial semiconductor core-shell structures===
One semiconductor grown epitaxially on particles of another semiconductor. (Formation of shell material on the particle core is a continuation of particle growth, but with different chemical composition.)

===Metal-oxide structures===
For gold nanoparticles coated with silica, a polymer layer functionalized to bind to gold on one end and silica on the other needs to be in between.

===Metal-polymer structures===
Prepared by emulsion polymerization or membrane based synthesis.

===Oxide-polymer structures===
Prepared by polymerization at surface or adsorption.

==Fuel cells, batteries==

=Pensum Del IV (May-Britt Hägg)=
==Basics of membrane materials and separation==
* Microporous membrane: Separation according to selective surface flow - largets molecule permeates
* Dense polymers: Permeability P equal to diffusion times solution, P=DS
** Influenced by state of polymer, type of gas, pressure, temperature
** Other polymeric membranes: SFTM (selective facilitated transport membrane).
* Molecular sieving: Separation according to molecular size (smallest molecule goes through.)
** P=DS but diffusion factor most important
* Basic equations for membrane separation
** <math> P = DS</math> where <math>D [cm^2/s]</math>is diffusivity and <math>S [cm^3(STP)/cm^3 bar]</math> is solubility
** Selectivity <math>\alpha = P_i/P</math>
** Production rate (flux) <math>\frac{q}{A_m} = J_i = \frac{P_i}{l}(p_hx_0 - p_ly_p)</math> where <math>A_m</math> is the membrane area, <math>l</math> is the membrane thickness, <math>p_h,p_l</math> are feed and permeate pressures and <math>x_0,y_p</math> are mole fractions of component i.
 
Total feed flow given by material balance, <math>L_f = L_0 + V_p</math>, where <math>L_f</math> is the feed in, <math>L_0</math> is the reject feed out and <math>V_p</math> is the permeate out.

==Selected nanostructured membranes==
===Mixed Matrix Membranes===
* Polymeric matrix with dispersed porous inorganic particles

===Carbon Molecular Sieve Membranes===
* Improved flux and selectivity
* Tailoring pore size by adjusting pyrolysis parameteres and post treatment (oxidation to increase pore size or organic vapor deposition to decrease pore size)

===Glass Membrane===
* Surface of glass pore can be functionalized to improve flux and selectivity

=Pensum Del V (Magnus Rønning)=
==Catalysis==

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T13:19:20Z

Annekin: /* Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

=== Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31) ===

** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.

Trenger litt hjelp her. Hvordan forenkle forklaringen i boka?

=== What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? ===

Molecules that are composed of 60 carbon atoms, in the form of a hollow sphere. 20 hexagons and 12 pentagons.
Buckyballss are stable, but not totally unreactive. In a buckyballall the carbons are conjugated through a huge circular pi-cloud, which can be easily reduced and loaded with up to 4 electrons. The anionic buckyballcan function as a good reducing agent and reduce nitrogen to ammonia with high yield. Other atoms can be trapped inside buckyballs to form inclusion compounds. Buckyballs are potentially the smallest building blocks that can be used to improve computing power in the near future.

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T13:19:00Z

Annekin: /* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31) */

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T13:14:07Z

Annekin: /* Gjenstår */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

=== Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31) ===

** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.

=== What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? ===

Molecules that are composed of 60 carbon atoms, in the form of a hollow sphere. 20 hexagons and 12 pentagons.
Buckyballss are stable, but not totally unreactive. In a buckyballall the carbons are conjugated through a huge circular pi-cloud, which can be easily reduced and loaded with up to 4 electrons. The anionic buckyballcan function as a good reducing agent and reduce nitrogen to ammonia with high yield. Other atoms can be trapped inside buckyballs to form inclusion compounds. Buckyballs are potentially the smallest building blocks that can be used to improve computing power in the near future.

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:51:51Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:50:35Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small [[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:49:38Z

Annekin: /* Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:49:04Z

Annekin: /* How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:48:11Z

Annekin: /* Gjenstår */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

=== Tetrapods and principles of the synthesis ===

*A nanocrystal with four tetrahedrally disposed arms.
*The syntesis is achived through manipulation of the temperature and capping agent. CdTe has two common crystal polymorphs (wurtzite-hxagonal and zinc blende – cubic) where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature. Nucleation sites on the zinc blende structure serve as templates for the growth of wurtzite “arms”. A long chain acid (ODAP)which selectively binds to the lateral facets of hexagonal CdTe serves to confine wurtizite CdTe growth along only on spatial dimension. Length and width of the wurtzite arms could be independently tuned by changing the Cd:Te and Cd:ODAP ratios respectively.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:38:28Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing.[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]] Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:37:52Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, [[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:34:21Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution. [[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:33:49Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution. [[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:33:06Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction).[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:31:48Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. [[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:31:17Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:30:37Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|right|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:30:16Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:29:37Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

[[Bilde:Cappedcluster.jpg|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

Fil:Cappedcluster.jpg

2008-12-16T12:28:41Z

Annekin:

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:26:47Z

Annekin: /* General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth) */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|An illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:25:47Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|An illustration of how to make a confined reaction space]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:23:55Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure below. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:23:13Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|left|]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:21:40Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG|900px|thumb|center|]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:17:06Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:16:48Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure x. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Nanocrystals_in_nanobeakers.JPG]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

Fil:Nanocrystals in nanobeakers.JPG

2008-12-16T12:16:03Z

Annekin:

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T12:11:44Z

Annekin: /* Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

====Aligning of carbon nanotubes====
*'''Evaporation induced self-assembly (EISA):''' CNTs are dispersed in evaporating water, and a substrate is dipped perpendicular into the solution. At the meniscus, there is a an accelerated evaporation because of the increased surface area. This cause a net flux of the tubes towards the meniscus, where they align parallel to the water interface and deposits on the substrate. The tubes aggregate to reduce area of the liquid-air interface.
*'''SAM patterning:''' A substrate is hydrophilic patterned by a SAM, an the rest of the substrate is made hydrophobic. When the substrate is exposed to an aqueous suspension of CNTs by f. ex. DPN, the nanotubes is confined to the hydrophilic areas. If the hydrophilic areas are small enough, they could trap single tubes.
*'''Pre-existing patterns:''' Aligned growth of CNTs perpendicular to the surface is achieved by perpendicular CVD growth of carbon nanotubes on a pre-existing pattern of Fe-catalyst particles on a Si-substrate. This method can be used to create a [[photonic crystal]] of CNTs.
*'''AC/DC electric fields:''' A combination of AC and DC electric fields can align CNTs between micropatterned electrons. The AC field attracts the tubes, and the DC field trap a single nanotube between the electrode by electrostatic attraction. The aasembly mechanism is a combination of polarization-induced movement, potential gradient flow and electrostatic-induced attraction forces. When the DC field is dominant, unwanted particles deposit between electrodes, when the AC field dominates, several tubes are attracted but most of them is shorter than the electrode gap. Choosing the right ratio of the electric fields is therefore essential to achieve a high yield of aligned CNTs.

====Applications====
As mentioned earlier in this section, CNTs can be used as sensors, fiber-strengthening of composite materials and added to materials to improve conductivity.

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, capping agents are added to the solution. These molecules will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth (passivation). Surfactants are also added to the solution to stabilize the cluster, by preventing aggregation. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure x. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser, molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

[[Bilde:Eksempel.jpg]]

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space, the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transforms into size-dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a wavelength shift towards the blue spectrum in the energy of the first exciton band. Band gap scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be altered from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters.

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk, can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of the same material. Because of the small size of the crystal, the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase transformation for nanoclusters can occur just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoids the disposal of organic solvents, which can be quite harmful for the environment (green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polymers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride groups with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. The key physical properties of the nanocluster is mantained. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties with respect to the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed. A patterned PDMS stamp can then be dipped into the solution, causing adsorption of the nanoclusters on the stamp.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Heterocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

'''Er dette en misforståelse av spørsmålet? :'''

(A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect building blocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.)''

'''Forslag til svar (se section 6.15 i boka):'''

The length and size of the capping agents determine the separation between nanoclusters and the packing in a superstructure. The superlattice period is thus altered by varying capping agents.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell elements to form solid-solution nanocrystals:
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the accompanying growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster-polymer composite is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer. A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence, can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. A 425 nm wavelenght emitted from the encapsulated GaN LED evokes a 590 nm light emission from the nanocluster-polymer sheath. This process is responsible for the down conversion of light energy.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]

TMT4320 - Nanomaterialer

2008-12-16T10:13:24Z

Annekin: /* Alloying core-shell nanoclusters */

{{Infobox
|Fakta høst 2008
|*Foreleser: Fride Vullum
*Stud-ass: Katja Ekroll Jahren og Ørjan Fossmark Lohne
*Vurderingsform: Skriftlig eksamen
*Eksamensdato: 18. desember
}}

{{Infobox
|Øvingsopplegg høst 2008
|* Antall godkjente: 6/12
* Innleveringssted: Utenfor R7
* Frist: Tirsdager 16:00 (?)
}}

Emnet skal gi en innføring i grunnleggende kjemisk prinsipper for å lage nanomaterialer. Stikkord: "Self-assembled" monolag ([[SAM]]) og hvordan disse kan formes ved myk litografi og "dip pen" nanolitografi, syntese av tredimensjonale multilag strukturer. Tynne filmer ved kjemisk gassfase deponering. Syntese av nanopartikler, nanostaver, nanorør og nanoledninger. Våtkjemiske syntese av oksidbaserte nanomaterialer. "Self-asembly" av kolloidale mikrokuler til fotoniske krystaller, porøse nanomaterialer, blokk-kopolymere som nanomaterialer. "Self assembly" av store byggeblokker til funksjonelle anordninger.

== Oppsummering av pensum ==
Her vil det etterhvert vokse fram et lite kompendium i faget. Dette følger i utgangspunktet pensumlista som gjelder for høsten 2008.

==Chapter 1: Nanochemistry Basics ==
Not terribly important.

==Chapter 2: Soft Lithography==
===Self-assembled monolayers (SAMs)===
*The typical example of a SAM is a layer of alkanethiols on a gold substrate.
*The S-H bond is cleaved by oxidation on the gold surface and a covalent Au-S covalent bond is formed.
*The alkanethiols are tilted off-axis from the normal. The angle depends on the surface. (30 ° for a {111} gold surface, 10 ° for a silver surface).
*The end group on the alkanethiols can be tailored to achieve different monolayer properties, thus modifying the surface properties of the structure.

===PDMS stamp===
* PDMS (PolyDiMethylSiloxane) is a soft elastic polymer.
* A master (casting) of the stamp, with the desired pattern, is made with electron or UV-lithography. The master is silanized and made hydrophobic so removing of the stamp becomes easier.
* Liquid PDMS is then poured into the master, after which it is cured and a finished PDMS stamp is removed from the master.
* The critical dimensions of the stamp are limited by the lithography techniques used, and for [[photolithography]] the wavelengths of the light used to expose the [[photoresist]] limits the dimensions. Typical CDs given are, for lateral dimensions within the range of 500nm-200µm, and for the height of patterns 200nm-20µm.
* The PDMS stamp can be dipped in alkanethiol solutions (or solutions of other molecules, collectively known as "chemical ink") and be stamped onto surfaces.
* PDMS stamps work on both planar and curved surfaces.
* For the stamp to properly print a pattern onto a surface, the molecules need to adhere to the stamp from the solution, but the affinity for binding to the surface has to be stronger.

===Hydrophilic / Hydrophobic stamps===
* The endgroup/terminal group on the alkanethiols (or other molecules used) determine the properties of the monolayer, f. ex. a OH-terminal group makes the monolayer hydrophilic, while a <math>CH_3</math>-group makes it hydrophobic.
* Wetability is determined by the polarity of the endgroups.
* By introducing a wetability gradient or abrupt changes in wetability, different effects can be obtained:
** Square drops, by having checkerboard square patterns of hydrophilic monolayers with hydrophobic lines inbetween, and condensating water onto the surface. This is called condensation figures and results from the condensation on the hydrophilic areas, when the substrate is cooled below the dew point. The diffraction pattern of the structure can be studied for obtaining information on the kinetics and structure of the water droplets. This can be used in biological sensing.
** Droplets "running uphill" by having wetability gradients. The droplets are moving towards the more hydrophilic areas, against the force of gravity.
** Nanoring arrays can be synthesized using the condensation figures as templates for molding. A solvent precursor which wets the regions between the microdroplets is added and then evaporated. Deposition of precursor occurs around the perimeter of the droplets. Finally, the water droplets is evaporated, and the precursor remains on the substrate as nanorings.
** Solid state patterning by dipping a SAM-patterned substrate in a precursor solution. This creates microdroplets with a predetermined precursor concentration, which on evaporation and vertical drying leaves behind an array of size-tunable solid precursor dots.

===Printing thin films===
* As long as the adhesion between the chemical ink and the substrate is stronger than the adhesion between the ink and the stamp, printing thin films is no problem
* Metal thin films can be evaporated onto a PDMS stamp (f. ex. gold). Evaporation gives homogenous and directional coatings, and no covering of the side walls on the stamp. This pattern is printed onto a SAM-primed substrate with exposed thiol groups (gold adheres strongly to the metal layer).
* This is a very gentle technique for metal film depositing, good for making contacts on fragile layers. Also good for making 3D stuctures by printing multiple layers. Also, there is no need for photoresist because the pattern is printed directly.

===Electrically contacting SAMs===
* Molecular electronic devices need to make good electrical contact with SAMs.
* Making electrical contacts by vapor deposition on the SAMs may sometimes be more convenient than thin-film printing with a PDMS stamp.
* Other, less gentle methods of metal deposition than printing with PDMS stamps (sputtering, CVD, etc) can cause the metal layer to penetrate the SAM and deposit on the substrate, or even diffuse into the substrate, introducing defects to the structure.
* Morale: Use stamps to deposit metals on SAMs!

===Patterning by photocatalysis===
* Photocatalysis is used to remove parts of a SAM (making patterns)
* Titania (<math>TiO_2</math>) can photocatalytically decompose organic molecules.
* A quartz slide patterned with titanium dioxide in the required pattern using ALD is pressed against a wafer with the SAM on it.
* The assembly is exposed to UV radiation, triggering the degradation of the (organic) SAM. When titania is exposed to UV, radiation free radicals are created, which react with the organic molecues, removing the parts of the SAM that is in contact with the titania. Thus, the substrate in these areas is revealed.

==Kapittel 3: Building layer-by-layer==

===Electrostatic superlattices===
* LbL multilayer films formed by alternate immersion in suspensions of opposite charges. Electrostatic interactions are responsible for the LbL growth.
* A primer layer with a charge adheres to the substrate. The substrate is then dipped in a solution of polyelectrolytes of opposite charge from the primer layer. This process can be repeated numerous times in order to get the desired thickness or functionality of the film.
* Any species bearing multiple ionic charges can be layered, f. ex. an amphiphile.
* The anionic layered materials can be exfoliated with bulky cations to create electrostatic superlattices.
* As the amount and identity of constituents of each layer can be controlled, a composition gradient can easily be constructed throughout the structure.
** Quantum dots (QD) with different size can be introduced in the layer structure, creating a gradient in fluorescent colours.
*
* The layer separation can be modified by varying the pH, salt concentration (screening of electrostatic interactions) or polyelectrolyte charge density.
* Can be applied to curved surfaces, as coating of microspheres or rods.

===Some applications===
* Electrochromic layers, used in "smart windows" for instance.
** Electrochromism is a optical change (absorption of light in this case) in the material upon oxidation or reduction.
** The absorption of light can therefore be modified by applying a voltage to a film of alternating polyelectrolytes.
* Construction of cantilevers for chemical sensing, using photolithography and LbL.
* Hollow spheres can be made by LbL growth on a templating microsphere.
** The template can be dissolved by HF.
** Chemicals can be encapsulated inside the hollow spheres (f. ex. medicine).
** Layer separation can be modified by adding electrolyte solution, making it possible to tune diffusion in and out of the hollow sphere, thereby controlling release of encapsulated chemicals.

===Analysis, measuring film thickness===
* Indirect techniques:
** Optical spectroscopy: If the substrate is transparent, and the film absorbs light at a certain wavelength, the film thickness can be found by monitoring the optical absorption as a function of number of layers. A dye can be introduced to ensure absorption. Easy to perform but hard to interpret - must know the observation area and extinction coefficient of the absorbing group.
** Ellipsometry: Film is probed by polarized light, and change in polarization in the reflected light is measured. This can be used to find the refractive index, thickness, roughness and orientation of a thin film. Ellipsometry works with films much thinner than the wavelength of light - down to atomic layers. A theoretical fitting must be done to extract the required parameters from the experimental data.
** Quartz crystal microbalance (QCM): Quartz (piezoelectric material) in an alternating electric field contracts/expands with a characteristic oscillation frequency. When mass is added to a QCM the frequency decreases, which correlates directly with the amount of mass added. This allows real-time thickness measurements when the density of the material is known. Works well for hard materials like metals and ceramics, but not for viscoelastic materials.
* Direct techniques:
** Label each layer with heavy metal atoms and image by TEM.
** Alternately, deposit a thin gold layer on top of the surface and image cross section by TEM.

===Non-electrostatic lbl assembly===
* LbL doesn't need electrostatic bridges - can use hydrogen bonding, ligand-receptor interactions or even covalent bonds.
* Example: DNA-multilayers by hydrogen bonding (adenine-thymine and guanine-cytosine bridges).
* Hydrogen bonds can be broken again by changing the pH, or can be strengthened by UV irradiation.

===Low-pressure layers===
* '''Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE)'''
** Performed in ultrahigh vacuum, sources of constituents (elemental) are heated, and a thin film alloyed from the constituents is deposited. The result is a single crystal film with homogeneous thickness grown epitaxially on the substrate.
** The substrate should have a similar lattice constant to that of the layer deposited. If the lattice constant of the substrate is substantially different from that of the deposited material, there will be a dewetting effect where the material can form quantum dots.
** Because of the low pressure, there is no reaction between different precursors.
** The advantages over CVD and ALD is that no impurities or contaminants exists, also there is a minimum of crystal defects. The grow-rate is very low (about 1 monolayer per second), thus this technique gives exact control of layer thickness and composition.
* '''Chemical vapor deposition (CVD)'''
** Volatile precursors are introduced in gas phase in a low-pressure reactor chamber.
** Argon or nitrogen gas are usually used as carrier gas to dilute the precursor and achieve optimal pressure and concentration.
** The substrate is heated, and the precursor reacts or decomposes at the surface to create a film, where the film thickness depends on amount of precursor and time allowed for reaction to occur.
** There are several different types of CVD reactors, such as cold wall and hot wall reactors. There are also plasma enhanced reactors (PECVD) where the electric field in the plasma can force growth of nanowires in the direction of the electric field.
** CVD can be used to make monocrystalline, polycrystalline, amorph and epitactic films. The disadvantage over MBE is greater risk of introducing contaminants and defects into the film.

===Lbl self-limiting reactions===
* Atomic layer deposition: Similar to CVD, but usually carried out in solution (can use gas as precursors).
* Iterative saturating reactions. ALD is a self-limiting process where only one layer at a time is deposited. When the first layer is deposited it needs to be reactivated in order to grow a second layer. It is therefore easy to control thickness down to the atomic scale.
* Material can be deposited uniformly into deep trenches, porous structures and around particles.

== Kapittel 4: Nanocontact printing and writing ==

===Soft lithography and microcontact printing ===
* Sub 100 nm Soft Lithography: Previous chapters has covered printing on 10.000-100 nm scale. Need for further miniaturization because of demand for more power, efficiency, and density. This can be done by manipulating PDMS stamp, Dip Pen Nanolithography (DPN), Whittling Nanostructures or by Nanoplotters

===Manipulating PDMS stamp===
* Manipulating PDMS stamp can be done in various ways, and seven of the basic ideas will now be explained. Illustrating pictures are in the book and in the slides.
# Compress the stamp, mold to get a new stamp with inverse pattern, peel off and repeat. The new stamp has lower dimensions than the master.
# Apply force perpendicular onto stamp when on substrate. The areas in contact with substrate will then increase, and spaces in between gets smaller.
# Size reduction by reactive spreading of ink when in contact with substrate. The contact time + properties of the ink decide to which degree the ink spreads. The printed area is increased and the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by extraction of inert filler (just like removing water from a sponge).
# Size reduction by swelling the stamp in toluene. The areas in contact with the surface are increased in size while the spacing between is reduced.
# Size reduction by stretching stamp so that dimensions get smaller in one direction and larger in another.
# Size reduction by double-printing.
* Overpressure printing
** Defect-free contact printing is restricted to a certain range of height-to-width ratios. If ratio is outside 0.2-2, the roof of the grooves on stamp will touch the substrate. Too high perpendicular force on stamp has the same effect, but overpressure can also be used to form new patterns such as micron scale discs and rings of ferromagnetic core-shell nanoparticles. Nanoparticles are then transferred to PDMS stamp by Langmuir-Blodgett technique (chapter 6) and then into contact with Au-coated silicon substrate.
*** Low pressure => discs, high pressure => rings.
*Limitations
** Deformation can be a shortcoming if care is not taken with the dimensions of surface relief pattern in the stamp, as this can give unwanted deformations. Quality of printed pattern will not be good.

===Dip pen nanolithography===
* Alkanethiols can be written on gold substrate with AFM tip. The alkanethiols are delivered to the tip via a water meniscus, and this can be adapted to suit other surface chemistries. The result is 10 nm fine patterns of molecules (biomolecules, polymers etc.) on metals, semiconductors and dielectrics.
* Sol-gel DPN: patterning of solid-state materials. Nanoscale patterns are written using a metal oxide sol-gel precursor in a solvent carrier. The sol-gel precursors are hydrolyzed to metal oxide by use of atmospheric moisture and water meniscus at the tip-substrate interface. pH, substrate temperature and post treatment can be varied. Temperature treatment is necessary.
*Enzyme DPN: A scanning microscope tip can be used to deliver an enzyme via a water meniscus to a specific site on a biomolecule with nanometer presicion. This can be used to control biochemical reactions locally. After patterning, the enzyme is activated by metal ions to start the reaction. Deactivation is achieved by washing with de-ionized water. This method leads to the possibility of bionanodegradable electronic and optical devices.
*Electrostatic DPN: Like thin films can be made of charged polyelectrolytes, an AFM tip can "draw" lines or structures of charged polymers on a oppositely charged substrate, with for example specific electrical properties to build nanoscale electronic devices.
*Electrochemical DPN: The meniscus that forms between surface and tip is used as a nanochemical reactor. Electrochemical deposition or etching (oxidation) can be done by applying voltage between tip and substrate. Ex: making platinum lines can be done by reducing Pt salt at -4 V, and silica lines can be made by oxidation of a silicon surface at +10 V.

===Whittling of nanostructures (section 4.19)===
* Only be able to explain basic principle
**The spatial extent of SAMs can be reduced by so-called "whittling". Whittling is an electrochemical desorption process where a voltage applied will cause ligands at the peripheries of a structure to desorb. The spatial extent of desorption is directly proportional with time. It has been found that the larger the accessibility of a molecule, the lower the desorbation voltage is (fig. 4.22).

===Nanoplotters and nanoblotters===
* The principle is to increase the low throughput DPN methodology, by using parallell DPN.
*Nanoplotter: An array of parallel cantilevers can write SAM nanopatterns simultaneously.
** The cantilevers are electrically driven by differential thermal expansion.
*Nanoblotters: An PDMS inkwell has been created to deliver ink to the nanoplotter cantilever tips (fig. 4.26)
** Inkwells are capped with a semipermeable PDMS membrane. By contacting the DPN tips to the membrane, ink diffuses to wet the tip.

===Combinatorial libraries===
*DPN can be used to put different materials together in the research of new material composition. With DPN, many different combinations can be made with small material amounts used (in theory only single molecules).
*Parallel DPN can accelerate the analyzing of reactions, and increase the rate of discovery of new materials.

== Kapittel 5: Nano-rod, nanotube, nanowire self-assembly ==

''Emily skriver på denne. Håper folk retter opp dersom de finner feil, og legg gjerne til flere ting:) TC skriver også (om det som mangler)''

===Templating nanowires and nanorods===
Templates can be used for making solid nanorods and nanotubes of controlled size. Examples of templates are alumina, silicon, zeolites and lipid bilayers. If the holes are completely filled nanorods and nanowires result, while a partial filling with continuous coating gives rise to nanotubes.

===Making modulated diameter silicon templates===
A p-doped silicon wafer is put in aqueous HF and an oxidizing potential is applied. The result from this is nanoporous silicon with a random network of pores. The diameter of the pores can be tuned by controlling the voltage or current. The higher the current is, the wider the channels get. If the current is modulated during oxidation, the resulting structure is an array of modulated diameter nanochannels. If perfectly ordered pores are desired, the wafer can be lithographically patterned with regular array of nanowells in advance. The electric field will then be focused at the tip of these wells.

===Making porous alumina membranes===
Porous alumina membranes can be made by anodic oxidation of lithograpically embossed aluminum sheet in phosphoric or oxalic acid electrolyte (the almunium sheet functions as the anode).

<math> 2Al + 3PO_4^{3-} \rightarrow Al_2O_3 + 3PO_3^{3-}</math>

The residual Al and <math>Al_2O_3</math> is removed by mercuric chloride and phosphoric acid. The diameter is controlled and can be 20-500nm. Mechanisms that give ordered channels are the fact that electric fields created by applied voltage (which is concentrated at the tips of the growing tubes) repell each other, and that we have volume expansion when aluminum becomes alumina. Temperature is also a factor that affects the reaction.
In this process oxygen diffuses through the alumina layer from the electrolyte and alumina grows at the alumina/aluminum interface, while alumina is slowly dissolved at the alumina/electrolyte interface. This growth/dissolution comes to an equilibrium at the bottom of the pore, giving a specific thickness for a certain current/voltage. The growth of alumina is still allowed to continue upwards (along the pore walls) where the electric field is weaker, giving longer pores. Growth continues until the electric field is quenced or there is no more aluminum left.

===Modulated diameter gold nanorods===
With use of silicon template. The back surface of the silicon membrane is subjected to a local thermal oxidation which formes silica. The silica is then removed by HF. By proceeding with a KOH anisotropic etch on the same area, and a dip in HF, the pores in the template are opened. A gold sputter deposition can then be done on the backside. This gold layer acts as a catalyst for continued electroless deposition of gold. Finally, the silicon membrane is etched away, and the gold nanorod dispersion can be collected.

===Modulated composition nanorods/nanobarcodes===
Modulated composition nanorods can be made by electrochemical deposition of different metal segments within the channels of an alumina template (electrodeposition will be better explained in the following section). Any type of material that can be electrodeposited can be used in the nanobarcodes. One synthesis route is to evaporate thin metal film to one side of an alumina membrane. This metal film function as the cathode, and metal deposition begins at the bottom. Bath can be switched between different metal salts to grow several segments. The lenght of the metal segments scales directly with the current. The alumina membrane is dissolved using sodium hydroxide, and the metal backing is dissolved using acid.

Nanobarcodes can be used to tag molecules in analytical chemistry and biology. Characteristic of metals are optical reflectivity, which means that different segments of the barcode nanorod can be distinguished in optical microscopy. Probe molecules must be anchored to different segments, and the rods must be dispersed in analyte containing target molecules which bear a luminescent label. By molecular recognition, the target molecules bind to the probe molecules (ex: ligand-receptor binding for biological applications). By looking at the segments that light up, it can be decided which molecules exist in the solution.

===Electroplating/electrodeposition===
The part to be plated is the cathode, while the anode is made of the material to be plated. Both components are immersed in electrolyte solution. The dissolved metal ions (cations) are reduced at the interface between the solution and the cathode when current is applied.

===Electroless deposition===
This is an auto-catalytic plating method that involves several simultaneous reactions in an aqueous solution. The reaction involves plating of a metal onto a conductive surface and occurs without the use of external electrical power. This is accomplished when hydrogen is released by a reducing agent and thus producing a negative charge on the surface of the metal. There is no direct control over length or thickness of the deposited layer. This needs to be calibrated with regards to concentration of precursor and amount of time that reaction is allowed to run.

===Nanotubes===
Nanotubes can be made by partial filling of the membranes radially. This means that a uniform coating must be deposited on the pore walls. One way to do this is by letting fluid spontaneously wet inside the template pores. Fluids that can be used are molten polymers, polymer solution or sol-gel preparation. These are coated onto template using capillary forces resulting from small diameter channels with a large available surface. Solidification of these fluids can be done by heating, cooling, waiting or using a catalyst. With this method it is difficult to control the wall thickness.
Another way to make nanotubes is by using LbL growth procedure inside the pores. This can be done by CVD of gas phase species, solution phase ALD or LbL electrostatic assembly. Wall thickness is easier to control with these methods.
Finally, the membrane is dissolved. It can also be deposited other material inside the remaining void to get coaxially coated rod or wire.

Nanotubes can also be made from LbL electrostatic coating of nanorods. The rods can be dissolved afterwards, and will leave a closed-ended tube. This method is applicable to any material that can be coated onto a nanorod and not be affected by the etching step.

===Magnetic Nanorods===
Magnetic metals such as iron, cobalt or nickel can easily be deposited into membranes. Magnetic properties are direction and size dependent. By applying a magnetic field, the segments become permanently magnetized and there will be attractions between the rods. If the thickness of the magnetic segments on a nanorod is smaller than the diameter, magnetization is perpendicular to the rod axis, and they will self assemble into 3D bundles. If the thickness is bigger than the diameter, magnetization is parallel to the rod axis, and they will align in chains of rods. If the thickness is the same as the diameter they will be in random aggregates.

Magnetic nanorods can be used for separation of molecules. A tri-segmented Au-Ni-Au nanorods can be used as affinity template for histidine- tagged proteins. Nickel selectively captures the labeled protein, and a magnetic field can be used to separate the rod with the captured protein from the rest of the solution of biomolecules. After this, the proteins can be chemically released from the magnetic nanorod. The gold segments must be in the rod to protect nickel from the etching during dissolution of alumina template after electrodeposition, and also to prevent aggregation.

===Making Single Crystal Nanowires===
Single crystal nanowires can be made by Vapor-Liquid-Solid (VLS) synthesis, Supercritical Fluid-Liquid-Solid (SFLS) synthesis or by Pulsed laser deposition.

*VLS Synthesis
A catalyst droplet first melts on a substrate, then becomes saturated with precursors. Elements extrude out of the catalyst droplet as a single crystal nanowire in a furnace where the temperature is controlled to maintain liquid state of the catalyst droplet. Micrometer length with diameter less than 10 nm can be done. The diameter is controlled by the diameter of the catalyst droplet, and growth stops when the nanowire pass out of the hot zone, if the precursor is depleted or the catalyst droplet no longer is in liquid state. One example is to use laser ablation of Fe-Si target to evaporate the precursors and to create a Fe-Si nanocluster catalyst droplet. The Si nanowire grow with the (111) lattice planes perpendicular to the growth axis due to epitaxy at the nanocluster-nanowire interface. Doping can be done by controlling stoichiometry of the target, or by introducing dopant into gas phase during growth.

*SFLS Synthesis
Similar to VLS, but used for materials with a higher eutectic temperature. This technique increases the variety of available source materials. The solvent is pressurized above its critical point to reach higher temperatures. Can be applied to semiconductor/metal combinations (Ga/GaAs, In/InN) with eutectic temperature below 600 degrees. Au is used as catalytic seed, and diameter depends on this.

*Pulsed laser deposition
A high-power pulsed laser is used to ablate a target (pulsed laser ablation) in a vacuum chamber, meaning that the pulsed laser vaporizes small parts of the target for each pulse. This creates a plume of vaporized precursor material which is allowed to deposit as a thin film onto a substrate that is placed in the reaction chamber. When small catalyst particles are placed on the substrate, small single crystal nanowires can be grown. The diameter of the nanowires are determined by the diameter of the catalyst particles.

===Nanowires branch out===
Can create branched nanowires by VLS growth. The catalytic nanoclusters from solution placed on specific point on the body of a parent nanowire before growth. The process can be repeated for a hyper-branched construction. This could be the future development of nanowire electronics in 3D.

===Quantum Size Effects (QSE)===
QSE appear when the particle size becomes smaller than the exciton size for the material (about 5 nm for silicon). Exciton is a bound state of an electron and an electron hole in an insulator or semiconductor, which is defined by the energy gap between the valence band and the conduction band. Color of the emitted light is determined by the size of gap energy. Gap energy increases with decreasing nanowire diameter. This can be used for LEDs and lasers. Both quantum confined nanoclusters and nanowires show QSE, but anisotropy make them different. Luminescent nanoclusters emits plane-polarized light, while nanorods exhibits linearly polarized light.

===Alignment methods===
Alignment methods include electric field based alignment, microfluidic alignment and Langmuir-Blodgett technique.

*Electric Field Based Alignment
Apply voltage between two micropatterned electrodes to produce electric field. Charges within a nanowire in solution become polarized, creating an attraction between the electrodes and the nanowire. The electric field is quenched when the gap between the electrodes are bridged by a nanowire. This eliminates absorption of a second nanowire at the same electrodes. Metal spots can be evaporated onto insulator surface to focus the electric field.

*Microfluidic Alignment
A PDMS stamp with a series of parallel rectangular grooves is used for this purpose. The channels are aligned under a microscope with electrodes that have been previously patterned on a substrate (these will function as metal contacts for the conducting or semiconducting lines made by this method). A drop of nanowire suspension is flowed into the microchannels by capillary forces, and solvent evaporation aligns the wires at the edges of the channels.

*Langmuir-Blodgett Technique
A Langmuir film is created when hydrophobic molecules float on a water-air surface, and an aligned monolayer is formed at the interface when external film pressure is applied. The balance of surface tension forces determines the profile of the meniscus formed when a substrate is pushed into this liquid. If the substrate is hydrophobic it will experience deposition of the amphiphiles during immersion. If it is hydrophilic it will experience deposition during retraction. A nanowire array can be made by firstly compressing the interface to increase the surface density of nanowires (so they align parallel to each other), and then do a double dip. The second dip must be done so that the wires align normal to the previous once. It is important that the film pressure is mantained at a constant magnitude during the immersion.

===Applications===
Application areas for these methods are in LED’s, transistors and in nanowire UV photodetectors.

====LED====
A LED can be made by assembling an n-doped and a p-doped semiconductor nanowire perpendicular to each other. This is done by [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Alignment_methods|electric field based alignment]] with two electrode pairs aligned perpendicular to each other where voltage is applied to one pair at a time. They can also be assembled by using the microfluidic approach. When a potential is applied across the junction, light is emitted when electrons recombine with holes at the junction between the differently doped wires. Color of the emitted light depends on composition and condition of semiconducting material used. The LED can only conduct current in one direction. With positive voltage current flows. With negative voltage current is inhibited. The key for success is to achieve abrupt and uncontaminated junction between n- and p-doped wire. Efficiency can be improved by using core-shell-shell nanowire axial heterostructure. The greatest challenge is to make arrays of closely spaced junctions because the nanowires are so thin. This leads to the pitch problem, how to pack light sources into smallest possible area.

====Transistors====
A transistor can switch or amplify signals, and has three terminals (n-p-n). The n-type region attached to the negative end of the battery sends electrons into p-region, and the n-type region attached to the positive end slows the electrons down. The p-type region in the middle does both. Because of this, a depletion layer develops between the base and the emitter, and the base and the collector. The thickness of the layer is varied by the potential in each region. Active bipolar n-p-n transistor can be built from heavy and lightly n-doped nanowires crossing a common p-type wire base.

Nanowire transistors can be used as sensors. Si nanowires are naturally coated with silica through VLS synthesis. This makes it easy for surface silanol groups to attach to the wire. If probe molecules are anchored to the surface silanols, highly sensitive real time electrically based sensors can be made. Low levels of chemical and biological species can be detected. Boron doped silicon nanowire is used as a FET. The wire is self assembled across electrodes (source and drain), and aminoethylsilane anchored to SiOH surface groups. The conductance of the wire changes with pH linearly due to protonation or deprotonation of the amine. An increase of the surface negative charge (deprotonation) attracts additional holes into the p-channel and the conductance is enhanced. The reverse action at low pH, an increase of surface positive charge causes protonation which repell holes from the channel. The conductance is decreased. Almost any type of molecule can be anchored to silica, so sensors can be designed to detect almost anything. For example, a biotin could be strapped to the surface amine groups to detect streptavidin.

====Nanowire UV photodetector====
The conductivity of ZnO nanowires is extremely sensitive to ultraviolet light exposure, which means that UV light can switch the nanowires between ON and OFF states. ZnO nanowires are highly insulating in the dark, but UV light with wavelength less than 380 nm decreases resistivity by 4 to 6 orders of magnitude. These nanowire photoconductors exhibit excellent wavelength selectivity. Green light (532nm) gives no response, while less intense UV light increases conductivity 4 orders. The response cut-off wavelength is at about 370 nm.

===Simplifying complex nanowires===
Complex oxides with superconducting, ferroelectric and ferromagnetic properties can not easily be made as nanowires by conventional methods. MgO nanowires must be used as templates. Firstly, single crystal orthogonal MgO nanowires are grown on single crystal MgO substrate. Oxygen is flowed over <math>Mg_3N_2</math> at 900 degrees as precursor for VLS, using Au catalyst. After the MgO nanowires have been made, the complex metal oxide is deposited by pulsed laser deposition to create a shell on the surface of MgO wires. Another approach to simplify complex nanowires is to use hydrothermal synthesis. This can be used to make <math>PbTiO_3</math> nanorods which is a ferroelectric material and potentially useful as building blocks in nanoelectrochemical systems. (Amorphous <math>PbTiO_{(3-X)}OH_{2X}</math> (mulig jeg rettet feil/misforstod?) precursor is mixed with sodium dodecyl benzene sulfonate surfactant and reacted at 48 h at 180 degrees at alkaline conditions in the presence of a substrate.) The nanorods obtained have a squared cross section 35-400 nm, and up to 5 um long. The rods grow in the (001) direction by self-assembly of nanocubes to anisotropic mesocrystals, which is ripened into nanorods.

===Electrospinning===
Electrospinning is nanofiber extrusion in a capillary jet. A polymer solution or polymer sol-gel pass through a high voltage metal capillary to create a thin charged stream. The stream undergoes stretching, bending and solvent evaporation. The charged nanofibers are driven to ground electrodes. The dimensions of the fibers depend on solvent viscosity, conductivity, surface tension and precursor concentration. The collector electrodes can be patterned to make organized arrays between them by electrostatic self assembly. The electrodes can be grounded simultaneously or sequentially. This can be used to make single layer or multilayer nanowire architectures.

====Hollow nanofibers by electrospinning====
Hollow nanofibers can be made by co-axial double capillary electrospinning that creates heavy mineral oil core with inorganic polymer around (Ti and PVP). The core-shell nanofibers are collected on an aluminum or silicon substrate and hydrolyzed. The oily core can be extracted with octane, which creates nanotubes with amorphous <math>TiO_2</math> + PVP. To crystallize <math>TiO_2</math> and oxidate PVP, the tubes can be calcined in air at 500 degrees.

====Dual electrospinning====
A side by side spinneret can be used to make bicomponent fibers. Ex: two solutions containing <math>TiO_2</math>/<math>SnO_2</math> are simultaneously jetted. This is calcined. A heterojunction of <math>SnO_2</math>/<math>TiO_2</math> can create devices with extremely high quantum efficiency and photocatalytic activity for treatment of organic pollutants in water and air.

===Carbon nanotubes===

Carbon nanotubes (CNT) was discovered in 1991 by Iijima, and have had a great impact on nanotechnology. The CNTs are made of rolled up graphite sheets to create a hollow tube. Both single-walled (SWNT) and layered multi-walled (MWNT) nanotubes exist.

====Structure====
Carbon nanotubes exist in three different structures, depending on the angle at which the graphite sheet is rolled up. These are characterized by their different properties in electron transport. The achiral tubes, which are the "zig-zag" and "armchair" tubes, are metallic. The metallic tubes have two mini-bands between the valence and conduction band. Quantum mechanical tunneling leads to electrical conductivity. For these, ballistic electron transport have been observed, which means that there is electrical conductivity with no phonon or surface scattering. The chiral tubes are semiconducting, and is the most common found of the CNTs.

====Synthesis methods====
*'''Arc discharge'''
**A very high DC voltage is applied between two sets of hollow graphite electrodes with transition metals (Fe, Ni, Co) and graphite powder.
**The high voltage cause an [http://http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrical_breakdown electrical breakdown] (creation of a conductive plasma) of the inert gas filling the gap between the electrodes. This cause temperatures to reach 2000-3000 degrees, which cause evaporation the electrode graphite.
** The gas pressure, gas flow rate and transition metal concentration determine the yield of nanotubes.
**This technique creates high quality MWNTs and SWNTs, but it has a low yield (about 30 wt%).
*'''Laser ablation'''
** The evaporation method of target material used in [[pulsed laser deposition]].
** The target material consist of graphite mixed with transition metals as catalysts, and is placed at the end of a quartz tube enclosed in a furnace.
** The target is exposed to an argon ion laser beam that vaporizes graphite and nucleates CNTs.
** Argon at 1200 degrees flow through the reactor and carries the graphite vapor and the nucleated CNTs.
** Nucleated CNTs are deposited on the colder chamber walls where they grow as the vaporized carbon condences.
** The technique has a high yield (70 wt%) of primarly SWNTs, but is more expensive than arc discharge and CVD.
*'''CVD'''
** <math>CO</math> and <math>CH_4</math> is used as precursors in a quartz tube reactor at 700-900 degrees. The pressure is at an atmospheric level or slightly lower.
** Transition metal deposited on a substrate (Si, mica, quartz or alumina) cause the precursor to dissociate at the surface of the substrate.
** SWNTs are produced at high temperatures and a low supply of carbon precursor.
** MWNTs are produced at lower temperatures (600-750 degrees)
** The most common industrial production method, but it can be problematic to separate the catalyst particles which exist at the end of the tubes. This is usually done by acid treatment, which can destroy the nanotube structure.

====Separation of nanotubes====
Carbonaceous impurities an metal catalysts can be removed by a high temperature treatment in oxygen, followed by boiling in a diluted mineral acid. The carbon nanotubes can then be sorted by length by precipitation from non-solvent followed by centrifugation. Also, the metallic tubes can be separated from the semiconducting by electrophoresis or precipitation by evaporation of an octadecylamine solution.

====Properties====

=====Mechanical=====
CNTs are a extremely strong material compared to other known high-strenght materials (high-carbon steel, kevlar). It has the highest specific strength value (strength-to-mass-ratio) of the currently discovered materials in the world. It also has a very high Young's modulus (E-modulus) and tensile strength. When the tubes is bended they deform reversibly. It's excellent mechanical properties makes it useful for lightweight fibers for strengthening of plastic, ceramic and metals. The properties were demonstrated creating a rotational actuator.

=====Electrical=====

=====Chemical=====

====Carbon nanotube chemistry====
Carbon nanotubes have strong van der Waals interactions between the walls, which cause them to precipitate when dispersed in a solution. Chemical modification of the nanotubes has been used to make them soluble. Oxidation with nitric acid opens the ends of the CNTs and introduces polar carboxylate groups, which makes them water soluble. Another method is to expose the CNTs to a starch solution, the big starch molecules wraps around the nanotubes by van der Waals interactions. Re-precipitation is possible by adding amylase (breaks down the starch). This method is disrupts the properties of the CNTs to a lesser degree than the former method.

The nanotubes is reactive with many species due to dangling <math>pi</math>-bonds on the inside and outside of the tube. The versatility in chemical species than can be anchored to the tubes, makes it possible to create a chemical force microscopy by using carbon nanotubes at the end of an AFM tip.

CNTs have also been used as a sensor. A FET CNT device is made by placing a tube between two electrodes (source and drain) on a Si-substrate (gate). Because CNTs have a conjugated pi-electron system, they can bind to benzene-derivatives. The electron donating ability of the benzene-derivatives depend on the substituents on the benzene rings, and affect the electron density of the tubes. This change in electron density is detected as a change in conductivity.

===Dette mangler:===
* Carbon nanotubes (sections 5.41, 5.42, 5.44, 5.45-5.48 and lecture notes)
** Aligning of carbon nanotubes
*** Evaporation induced self-assembly
*** Patterned hydrophilic SAM on substrate – carbon nanotubes will assemble only on the hydrophilic patches.
*** Alignment by pre-existing patterns
**** Perpendicular to substrate
**** Parallel to substrate
*** AC/DC electric fields
** Applications of carbon nanotubes
*** Sensors
*** Strengthening of materials (composites)
*** Added to materials to improve conductivity

== Kapittel 6: Nanocluster Self-Assembly ==

===Capped nanoclusters===

A capped nanocluster is a nanometer scale particle with well-defined positions of the constituent atoms. They nucleate from atoms and enter a size range where they behave electronically as molecular nanoclusters. As the number of atoms increases further, they cross over into the nanoscale size domain where quantum size effects dominate, they become quantum dots. A capped nanocluster has a monolayer of a capping ligand on the surface, which can be a polymer or an alkane thiol (if the surface is silver or gold) or some other molecule with an end group that will bind to the surface of the nanocluster. The capping molecules will prevent further growth of the nanocluster. Capping groups serve multiple purposes:
*Change solubility properties
*Enable size-selective crystallization
*Surface functionalization
*Protect nanoclusters from luminescence or charge-carrier quenching

===General principles for synthesis of capped nanoclusters (arrested nucleation and growth)===

One general synthesis method is the arrested nucleation and growth synthesis. The basic idea is to rapidly create a large number of nucleated seeds (of desired materials) and then allow these to grow at the same rate below supersaturation conditions. This method can be described by the following steps:
* Desired precursors are added to a solution containing a proper capping agent, which is held at an intermediate temperature (200-400 °C depending on the materials. Temperature needs to be high enough to overcome the activation energy for the reaction.).
* Precursors need to be added at an amount that is over the saturation point for the materials in that specific solution.
* Materials will rapidly nucleate (precipitate) and start growing. Once the first molecules have reacted and created a small seed, the energy required for further growth is smaller than the initial activation energy. The nucleated seed can therefore continue to grow below the saturation concentration for the precursor materials.
* Once the nanoclusters reach a certain size range, which may vary from one material to the other, the capping agents will adsorb on the surface of the nanoclusters and prevent further growth. The nanoclusters that are formed will not all have the same diameter, but a range of different diameter clusters will be formed. This can be due to for example concentration gradients in the reactor or reaction medium.

[[Bilde:Capped.cluster.jpg|900px|thumb|center|A illustration of growing of clusters, quenching and stabilizing with capping agents]]

===Minimize size dispersity by confining the reaction space===

The size of the capped nanoclusters can be controlled by growing them in nanowells made by the methode in figure x. The nanowells are obtained by patterning a silicon wafer with a layer of well-ordered microspheres. By pressing the microspheres against a the wafer and at the same time melt the surface of the wafer with a pulsed laser molten silicon will flow into the voids between the spheres. The size of the nanowells depend on the size of the spheres, the energy density of the laser pulse and applied mechanical pressure, while the size of the crystals depend on the well volume and concentration of the reactants. The crystals can be removed by ultrasound. The downside of the approach is that the amount of nanocrystals obtained will be quiet small.

===Tuning properties through physical dimensions rather than chemical composition (QSE)===

When electrons are confined in space the size invariant continuum of electronic states of bulk matter transformes into size dependent discrete electronic states in a quantum dot. At the 1-5 nm length scale, which is the CdSe nanocluster size range, the parent continuous electron bands of the bulk semiconductor becomes discrete. The nanoclusters then belong to the quantum size regime, and the properties begin to scale in a predictable fashion with size. By looking at the Schrödinger wave equation it can be seen that there is a blue quantum size effect shift in the energy of the first exciton band or band gap that scales with the reciprocal of the square of the radius of the nanocluster. The wavelengths absorbed change, and the colors of the nanoclusters can be alterd from yellow to red, by changing the physical size of the clusters

===How can different phases occur for smaller size particles?===

Similar to temperature and pressure, phase transformations in bulk materials are dependent on size. Phase transitions that are prohibited or slowed down by activation energies in the bulk can occur much more readily in nanocrystals of same material. Because of the small size of the crystal the influence of bulk and surface-free energies are different from in a bulk matter. Phase transformations show a distinct dependence on nanocrystal size. It can be shown that phase of nanoclusters can change just by exposing them to a different chemical environment at room temperature.

===Making nanoclusters water soluble===

Why? Water is cheap, widely available and use of it avoides the disposal o organic solvents, which can be quiet harmful for the environment. (Green chemistry). You can use the same principles as for the SAM surface chemistry. A hydrophilic SAM is made by choosing a hydrophilic group such as a carboxylate, ammonium or oligo ethylene glycol. In the case of a gold nanocluster, a thiol with a terminal carboxyl group gives an ionized, water loving carboxylate when in aqueous solution. Hydrophobic nanoclusters can be wrapped by amphiphilic polyers. The polymer coating is stabilized by partially cross linking the anhydride gropuos with bis(6-aminohexyl)amine. Can also coat with silica. Often, the resulting crystals bear a surface charge, which allows their use in electrostatic layer-by-layer deposition.

===Separation of nanoclusters by size using using a non-solvent and centrifugation===

Nanoclusters can be dissolved in toluene and by gradually adding a non-solvent (e.g. acetone) the nanoclusters will precipitate. The largest clusters precipitate first. Every time a bit of acetone is added the solution is centrifuged and the precipitate collected. The result is highly monodisperse nanoclusters collected in each fraction.

===Superlattice===

A superlattice is a material with periodically alternating layers of several substances. Such structures possess periodicity both on the scale of each layer's crystal lattice and on the scale of the alternating layers.

===Assembling of superlattices===

A superlattice can be assembled by means of these techniques:
*Tri-layer solvent diffusion crystallization - Three immiscible solvents are arranged to form separate layers in a test tube. Bottom layer →capped CdSe nanoclusters dissolved in toluene. Middle layer →buffer layer of 2-propanol selected for poor solvent properties wrt the nanoclusters. Top layer →non-solvent for the nanoclusters such as methanol. The process involves slow diffusion of the nanoclusters from the toluene bottom layer and the methanol from the top layer into the buffer layer. The change in solvent properties causes a slow and controlled nucleation and growth of capped CdSe nanocluster crystals.
*Sedimentation –
*Evaporation induced self-assembly – Strong capillary forces in an evaporating water meniscus drives the nanocomponents into close-packing.
*Langmuir-Blodgett – A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface. Using Langmuir – Blodgett “equipment”, this monolayer can gradually be compressed until a compact monolayer is formed.

===Why do we want to make superlattices?===

Making superlattices can give you a material with unique properties. Hetrocrystals is ordered assemblies of more than one component. The properties of the superlattice does not necessarily equal the sum of the properties of the individual constituents. “The ability to assemble different nanoclusters with size-tunable optical, electronic and magnetic properties into well-defined structures gives us the opportunity to examine new effects due to electronic and magnetic coupling between constituent units” – nanochemistry, a chemical approach to nanomaterials.

===How capping agents(different type and length) affect the properties of the structure===

A dilute monolayer of capped silver nanoclusters is spread on an air-water interface behaves as an insulator.

Monodispersed iron and iron-platinum nanoclusters
*Form with a close-packed metal core.
*Oxidized surface.
*Monolayer coating of capping ligands.
*Can be self-assembled into nanoclustersuperlattice films and soft lithographic patterns.
Their uniform size and well ordred packing make these magnetic nanoclusters useful for very high-density data storage. But making perfect buildingblocks and organizing them into arrays is only one-half of the challenge. The other is to interface these arrays with other nanocomponents in order to make use of their properties.

=== Alloying core-shell nanoclusters===

Thermally driven inter-diffusion of core and shell to form solid-solution nanocrystals
*Redox transmetallation reaction
*Co core diminish in diameter with the concomitant growth of a uniform thickness platinum shell capped by a ligand.
*Annealing at high temperatures cause Co and Pt inter-diffusion to form a solid-solution alloy
Can be used to tune optical absorbtion and luminescence properties. It this process is utilised for core-shell metal nanocrystals, a precise command over their magnetic properties may be possible.

=== Nanocluster-polymer composites ===

A nanocluster- polymer composit is a nanocluster stabilized in a polymer.
A polymer which prevents nanocluster phase separation and agglomeration, and which does not cause quenching of luminescence can be used to tune the colors of capped nanoclusters.

How can it be used for down-conversion of light?

One example is down conversion of light made by encapsulating a GaN LED in a sheath of capped semiconductor nanoclusters in a polymer. Her trengs mer forklaring.

=== Different size nanoclusters labeled with different fluorescent molecules used in biology ===

*Label cells to allow observation of biological interactions in real-time
*Coat nanoclusters with active biological agents for interaction with biological systems
*Requirements for biological labelling: water-solubility and a coating which must provide biocompatibility
Example:
* CdSe quantum dots with a ZnSshell is encapsulated in the hydrophobic core of a micelle. This tags are highly luminescent and extremely biocompatible. Can be used to cellular events and organism development ''in vivo''.

===Gjenstår===

Jobber med saken

* What is a tetrapod and what is the main priciples of the synthesis behind the tetrapod?
** Using a material that has two common crystal polymorphs where growth of one over the other can be controlled by synthesis temperature.
** Use of a long chain molecule which selectively binds to specific facets of the structure and hinders growth in those directions. This confines the growth of the material to one spatial dimension.
* Photochromic metal nanoclusters (section 6.31)
** Be able to explain what happens to silver nanoclusters embedded in a titania matrix when it is exposed to either UV-light or visible light.
* What is a buckyball and what can it be used for? What special properties does it exhibit? (Do not need to know specific details of synthesis or assembly techniques.)

== Kapittel 7: Microspheres – Colors from the Beaker ==

Nå ferdig med så mye som forfatteren greide, men finn gjerne ut resten og del det med alle!

===What is a photonic crystal (PC)? ===
*It is a crystal consisting of a material with high dielectric contrast and periodicity at the light scale
*Wavelengths of light that are allowed to travel are known as modes, and groups of allowed modes form bands. Disallowed bands of wavelengths are called photonic band gaps (PBG).
*Vullums definition: Natural gratings that diffract light are based on dielectric lattices with periodicity at optical wavelengths. 3D optical diffraction gratings have dielectric lattices that are geometrically complimentary.
*1D PC (planes) is a crystal which only inhibit light to travel in one direction
*2D PC (rods) inhibits light to travel in two directions
*3D PC (spheres) inhibits litght to travel in any direction and has a full photonic band gap, whilst 1D and 2D only have so called stopgaps

===Photonic Crystal defects===
*Point defects: Holes, missing spheres, in a 3D PC can trap light inside the crystal
*Line defects: Many holes which make a line can guide light through a crystal
*Plane defects: A missing plane or a defect in a plane can make photons slip through to the other side. Planes consisting of another type of material can cause the perfect reflection curve of a PBG-crystal to drop at certain wavelengths depending on the size of the defect.

===Making defects===
*Writing defects: Multiphoton laser writing using a confocal optical microscope induced polymerization of an organic monomer in the colloidal crystal to create small line inside the photonic lattice. Then you treat the crystal and remove the polymer. In reversed opal structures you can use laser microwriting where you attach a laser to a scanning optical microscope which again changes the phase (which again changes the refractive index) of the inverse opal by annealing.
*Synthesizing planar defects: Introducing a dense layer or a layer with spheres of a different size than the surrounding colloidal crystal. Dense layers can be introduced by either CVD, electrolyte LbL, PDMS-stamps or maybe another deposition technique. The process consists of growing a photonic crystal, then using electrolyte LbL-deposition or PDMS-stamp make a thin film before making another photonic crystal. It's like a sandwich.

===Manipulating photonic crystals usage===
*Color of the structure is partially determined by the size of its spheres, where small spheres give blue/purple colors and larger spheres goes towards red (from yellow to green and then red).
*Non-close-packed polymerized colloidal crystalline arrays can be made to swell or shrink by external influence. As the diffraction colors of the crystal depend on the spacing between microspheres you can place a hydrogel between the spheres and this gel will swell or shrink depending on external environments. This will make the color change when the gel shrinks or swells as the pH, temperature, water concentration or ionic strength changes.
*The dielectric constant can be changed by changing the material, the structure of the crystal ''or something else that others edit in here''
*An example: Removal of cation causes a hydrogel to shrink, which can be detected at even very small concentrations. The order of cation complexation determines how sensitive the sensor is. Cation selectively binds covalently to the polymer network, sol-gel or hydrogel.

===Core-corona, core-shell-corona and multi-shell microspheres===
Core-corona and core-shell-corona can be made by both re-growth and one stage growth as multishell microspheres probably is better off being made by the re-growth process. The purpose of making these spheres is to put a lot more functionalities into just one sphere. The shells can be fluorescent, magnetic , photoactive, semiconductive, sacrificial or something else pulled out of a hat.

===Growth synthesis===
*One stage: Reagents are mixed and the microspheres are obtained in solution by a nucleation and growth
*Re-growth: First a sees is produced. The seed is then allowed to grow in several steps. Surface tension controls the shape, where low surface tension gives spherical particles.

===Self assembly of photonic crystals===
*Sedimentation (be able to explain in more detail): Use Stokes equation to make the radius as you want it by changing the viscosity very slowly. Let the spheres sink to the bottom and assemble, where the viscosity of the liquid decides the speed(?) '''Fill in some more...'''
*Electrophoresis '''– noen som veit?'''
*Hydrodynamic shear '''– same ballpark as LB-LbL or EISA?'''
*Spin coating '''– noen som veit?'''
*Langmuir-Blodgett layer-by-layer (be able to explain in more detail) '''– as other L-B-techniques?'''
*Parallel plate confinement: Force spheres to assemble by placing them between two parallel plates and slowly moving one plate closer to the other. Important with slow movement to prevent defects. This can be done both dry and in fluid. It is necessary to increase density and viscosity of solvent so that settling occurs slowly in order to control structure and shape, and to avoid defects.
*Evaporation induced self-assembly, EISA (be able to explain in more detail) Capillary forces drive the assembly of spheres in a solution as you remove a wetting plate out of the solution. These the need to be dried and this can cause cracking. Vertical substrate is placed in a dispersion of microspheres. As solvent evaporates, the microspheres are driven by convective forces (forces from movement in solvent towards wall, surface, water meniscus) to the solvent-air meniscus. The layer thickness is determined by the diameter of the microspheres, their volume, concentration and the wetting properties of the solvent on the substrate.

===Colloidal aggregates===
*CA are made either by templated pattern in a surface or by aggregation in a homogeneous emulsion.
Emulsion-way:
*They are disperse microspheres in a solvent such as toulene.
*Add dispersion to solution of surfactant and water
*Stir or shake to get emulsion
*Toulene evapourates and as toulene droplets shrink, microspheres are pulled together in a stable cluster through capillary forces.
Photonic crystal marbles:
*Aqueous dispersion of microspheres is forced, under pressure, through a small syringe in the presence of an electric field. Surface charge on the liquid jet make it break into homogeneously sized spherical particles. Each droplet (sphere) contains a preset quantity of microspheres.
*Electrospraying - '''noen forslag?'''

===Bragg-Snell law===
*The reflected light has a wavelength depending on Bragg's and Snell's law. This then tells us that the wavelength of the first stop band is proportional to distance between the lattice plains. This gives that the longer the distance between the plains (bigger microspheres) gives longer wavelength.
<math>\lambda_{c(hkl)} = 2d_{hkl}\sqrt{\langle \epsilon \rangle - sin^2{\theta}} </math>
der <math>\langle \epsilon \rangle</math> is the effective dielectric constant of the colloidal crystal.

===Cracking===
This happens when the thin hydration layers around the crystal spheres dry out. This creates capillary stress and thermal expansion. To prevent cracking you can dry the crystal slowly, use hydrophobic spheres. Methods for preventing this is:
*<math>SiCl_4</math> reacting within the hydration layer to create a <math>SiO_2</math> layer between the spheres. Rehydrate to form multiple layers. Advantages as good control of layer thickness as it can be controlled/monitores by optical diffraction as a thicker layer res-shifts the diffraction peak.
*Necking at room temperature using vapor phase alternating chemical reactions
*Heat treatment before assembly. This may require pretreatment before assembly to give desired surface charges. Redeisperse and crystallize without volume contraction

===Liquid crystal photonic crystal===
A liquid crystal is neither a liquid nor a crystal, but an intermediate state of matter, so called mesophase. Lacks the long range order of the crystalline state and does not exhibit the randomness of the liquid state.
*Themotropics are liquid crystals which consists of melted anisotropical shapes (rods or discs) where they ar partially alligned. The order of the components in the liquid crystal is determined and changed bu the temperature.
*Two groups of thermotropics are ''nematic'', where the molecules have no positional order, but they have a long-range orientational order, and ''discotic'', which consists of disc-shaped particles that can orient in a layer-like fashion.
*By applying electric- and/or magnetic fields the small crystals in the liquid will align after the applied fields and this can control the refractive index of the film or whatever you have made out of this liquid crystal. Electric/magnetic fields or temperature changes can make it go from nearly transparent to reflective. Eksample of usage is privacy/smart windows.
*By filling the voids in an inverse opal photonic crystal with liquid crystal we make what's called a Liquid Crystal Photonic Crystal. (LCPC) Applying a field or changing the temperature makes the refractive index of the liquid crystal inside the voids change. This means that other wavelengths will satisfy Bragg's criterion, which in practice means that the color of the LCPC changes (you alter the stop band frequency) See [[TMT4320_-_Nanomaterialer#Bragg-Snell_law | Bragg-Snell law]].
*LCPC is thought to be used as tunable photonic crystal device and liquid crystal-colloidal crystal switch.

=== Reactions that you need to know: ===
* Reaction of alkane thiolate with gold. Important to know that alkane thiols have a specific affinity for gold (also keep in mind that silver and gold have very similar properties).
* Reaction that occurs when during anodic oxidation of Al to produce porous alumina membranes.
* Reaction that occurs when silica microspheres are formed from Si(OEt)4 and water (section 7.9): <math>Si(OEt)_4 + 2H_2O \rightarrow SiO_2 + 4EtOH</math>

== Eksterne linker ==
*[http://www.ntnu.no/portal/page/portal/ntnuno/AlleEmner?rootItemId=22934&selectedItemId=31007&emnekode=TMT4320 NTNUs fagbeskrivelse]
*[http://www.ntnu.no/studieinformasjon/timeplan/h08/?emnekode=TMT4320-1&valg=emnekode&bokst= Timeplan Høst08]

[[Kategori:Obligatoriske emner]]
[[Kategori:Fag 5. semester]]
[[Kategori:Fag]]